LCOV - differential code coverage report
Current view: top level - src/backend/postmaster - postmaster.c (source / functions) Coverage Total Hit UNC LBC UBC GBC GNC CBC
Current: c70b6db34ffeab48beef1fb4ce61bcad3772b8dd vs 06473f5a344df8c9594ead90a609b86f6724cff8 Lines: 77.2 % 1217 940 1 276 1 1 938
Current Date: 2025-09-06 07:49:51 +0900 Functions: 94.2 % 52 49 3 1 48
Baseline: lcov-20250906-005545-baseline Branches: 63.0 % 1085 684 3 1 397 2 3 679
Baseline Date: 2025-09-05 08:21:35 +0100 Line coverage date bins:
Legend: Lines:     hit not hit
Branches: + taken - not taken # not executed
(7,30] days: 50.0 % 2 1 1 1
(30,360] days: 85.1 % 388 330 58 330
(360..) days: 73.6 % 827 609 218 1 608
Function coverage date bins:
(30,360] days: 100.0 % 19 19 19
(360..) days: 90.9 % 33 30 3 1 29
Branch coverage date bins:
(7,30] days: 50.0 % 6 3 3 3
(30,360] days: 72.5 % 363 263 100 263
(360..) days: 58.4 % 716 418 1 297 2 416

 Age         Owner                    Branch data    TLA  Line data    Source code
                                  1                 :                : /*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  2                 :                :  *
                                  3                 :                :  * postmaster.c
                                  4                 :                :  *    This program acts as a clearing house for requests to the
                                  5                 :                :  *    POSTGRES system.  Frontend programs connect to the Postmaster,
                                  6                 :                :  *    and postmaster forks a new backend process to handle the
                                  7                 :                :  *    connection.
                                  8                 :                :  *
                                  9                 :                :  *    The postmaster also manages system-wide operations such as
                                 10                 :                :  *    startup and shutdown. The postmaster itself doesn't do those
                                 11                 :                :  *    operations, mind you --- it just forks off a subprocess to do them
                                 12                 :                :  *    at the right times.  It also takes care of resetting the system
                                 13                 :                :  *    if a backend crashes.
                                 14                 :                :  *
                                 15                 :                :  *    The postmaster process creates the shared memory and semaphore
                                 16                 :                :  *    pools during startup, but as a rule does not touch them itself.
                                 17                 :                :  *    In particular, it is not a member of the PGPROC array of backends
                                 18                 :                :  *    and so it cannot participate in lock-manager operations.  Keeping
                                 19                 :                :  *    the postmaster away from shared memory operations makes it simpler
                                 20                 :                :  *    and more reliable.  The postmaster is almost always able to recover
                                 21                 :                :  *    from crashes of individual backends by resetting shared memory;
                                 22                 :                :  *    if it did much with shared memory then it would be prone to crashing
                                 23                 :                :  *    along with the backends.
                                 24                 :                :  *
                                 25                 :                :  *    When a request message is received, we now fork() immediately.
                                 26                 :                :  *    The child process performs authentication of the request, and
                                 27                 :                :  *    then becomes a backend if successful.  This allows the auth code
                                 28                 :                :  *    to be written in a simple single-threaded style (as opposed to the
                                 29                 :                :  *    crufty "poor man's multitasking" code that used to be needed).
                                 30                 :                :  *    More importantly, it ensures that blockages in non-multithreaded
                                 31                 :                :  *    libraries like SSL or PAM cannot cause denial of service to other
                                 32                 :                :  *    clients.
                                 33                 :                :  *
                                 34                 :                :  *
                                 35                 :                :  * Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2025, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
                                 36                 :                :  * Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
                                 37                 :                :  *
                                 38                 :                :  *
                                 39                 :                :  * IDENTIFICATION
                                 40                 :                :  *    src/backend/postmaster/postmaster.c
                                 41                 :                :  *
                                 42                 :                :  * NOTES
                                 43                 :                :  *
                                 44                 :                :  * Initialization:
                                 45                 :                :  *      The Postmaster sets up shared memory data structures
                                 46                 :                :  *      for the backends.
                                 47                 :                :  *
                                 48                 :                :  * Synchronization:
                                 49                 :                :  *      The Postmaster shares memory with the backends but should avoid
                                 50                 :                :  *      touching shared memory, so as not to become stuck if a crashing
                                 51                 :                :  *      backend screws up locks or shared memory.  Likewise, the Postmaster
                                 52                 :                :  *      should never block on messages from frontend clients.
                                 53                 :                :  *
                                 54                 :                :  * Garbage Collection:
                                 55                 :                :  *      The Postmaster cleans up after backends if they have an emergency
                                 56                 :                :  *      exit and/or core dump.
                                 57                 :                :  *
                                 58                 :                :  * Error Reporting:
                                 59                 :                :  *      Use write_stderr() only for reporting "interactive" errors
                                 60                 :                :  *      (essentially, bogus arguments on the command line).  Once the
                                 61                 :                :  *      postmaster is launched, use ereport().
                                 62                 :                :  *
                                 63                 :                :  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 64                 :                :  */
                                 65                 :                : 
                                 66                 :                : #include "postgres.h"
                                 67                 :                : 
                                 68                 :                : #include <unistd.h>
                                 69                 :                : #include <signal.h>
                                 70                 :                : #include <time.h>
                                 71                 :                : #include <sys/wait.h>
                                 72                 :                : #include <ctype.h>
                                 73                 :                : #include <sys/stat.h>
                                 74                 :                : #include <sys/socket.h>
                                 75                 :                : #include <fcntl.h>
                                 76                 :                : #include <sys/param.h>
                                 77                 :                : #include <netdb.h>
                                 78                 :                : #include <limits.h>
                                 79                 :                : 
                                 80                 :                : #ifdef USE_BONJOUR
                                 81                 :                : #include <dns_sd.h>
                                 82                 :                : #endif
                                 83                 :                : 
                                 84                 :                : #ifdef USE_SYSTEMD
                                 85                 :                : #include <systemd/sd-daemon.h>
                                 86                 :                : #endif
                                 87                 :                : 
                                 88                 :                : #ifdef HAVE_PTHREAD_IS_THREADED_NP
                                 89                 :                : #include <pthread.h>
                                 90                 :                : #endif
                                 91                 :                : 
                                 92                 :                : #include "access/xlog.h"
                                 93                 :                : #include "access/xlog_internal.h"
                                 94                 :                : #include "access/xlogrecovery.h"
                                 95                 :                : #include "common/file_perm.h"
                                 96                 :                : #include "common/pg_prng.h"
                                 97                 :                : #include "lib/ilist.h"
                                 98                 :                : #include "libpq/libpq.h"
                                 99                 :                : #include "libpq/pqsignal.h"
                                100                 :                : #include "pg_getopt.h"
                                101                 :                : #include "pgstat.h"
                                102                 :                : #include "port/pg_bswap.h"
                                103                 :                : #include "postmaster/autovacuum.h"
                                104                 :                : #include "postmaster/bgworker_internals.h"
                                105                 :                : #include "postmaster/pgarch.h"
                                106                 :                : #include "postmaster/postmaster.h"
                                107                 :                : #include "postmaster/syslogger.h"
                                108                 :                : #include "postmaster/walsummarizer.h"
                                109                 :                : #include "replication/logicallauncher.h"
                                110                 :                : #include "replication/slotsync.h"
                                111                 :                : #include "replication/walsender.h"
                                112                 :                : #include "storage/aio_subsys.h"
                                113                 :                : #include "storage/fd.h"
                                114                 :                : #include "storage/io_worker.h"
                                115                 :                : #include "storage/ipc.h"
                                116                 :                : #include "storage/pmsignal.h"
                                117                 :                : #include "storage/proc.h"
                                118                 :                : #include "tcop/backend_startup.h"
                                119                 :                : #include "tcop/tcopprot.h"
                                120                 :                : #include "utils/datetime.h"
                                121                 :                : #include "utils/memutils.h"
                                122                 :                : #include "utils/pidfile.h"
                                123                 :                : #include "utils/timestamp.h"
                                124                 :                : #include "utils/varlena.h"
                                125                 :                : 
                                126                 :                : #ifdef EXEC_BACKEND
                                127                 :                : #include "common/file_utils.h"
                                128                 :                : #include "storage/pg_shmem.h"
                                129                 :                : #endif
                                130                 :                : 
                                131                 :                : 
                                132                 :                : /*
                                133                 :                :  * CountChildren and SignalChildren take a bitmask argument to represent
                                134                 :                :  * BackendTypes to count or signal.  Define a separate type and functions to
                                135                 :                :  * work with the bitmasks, to avoid accidentally passing a plain BackendType
                                136                 :                :  * in place of a bitmask or vice versa.
                                137                 :                :  */
                                138                 :                : typedef struct
                                139                 :                : {
                                140                 :                :     uint32      mask;
                                141                 :                : } BackendTypeMask;
                                142                 :                : 
                                143                 :                : StaticAssertDecl(BACKEND_NUM_TYPES < 32, "too many backend types for uint32");
                                144                 :                : 
                                145                 :                : static const BackendTypeMask BTYPE_MASK_ALL = {(1 << BACKEND_NUM_TYPES) - 1};
                                146                 :                : static const BackendTypeMask BTYPE_MASK_NONE = {0};
                                147                 :                : 
                                148                 :                : static inline BackendTypeMask
  296 heikki.linnakangas@i      149                 :CBC        1397 : btmask(BackendType t)
                                150                 :                : {
                                151                 :           1397 :     BackendTypeMask mask = {.mask = 1 << t};
                                152                 :                : 
                                153                 :           1397 :     return mask;
                                154                 :                : }
                                155                 :                : 
                                156                 :                : static inline BackendTypeMask
  239 andres@anarazel.de        157                 :          28880 : btmask_add_n(BackendTypeMask mask, int nargs, BackendType *t)
                                158                 :                : {
                                159         [ +  + ]:         117286 :     for (int i = 0; i < nargs; i++)
                                160                 :          88406 :         mask.mask |= 1 << t[i];
  296 heikki.linnakangas@i      161                 :          28880 :     return mask;
                                162                 :                : }
                                163                 :                : 
                                164                 :                : #define btmask_add(mask, ...) \
                                165                 :                :     btmask_add_n(mask, \
                                166                 :                :         lengthof(((BackendType[]){__VA_ARGS__})), \
                                167                 :                :         (BackendType[]){__VA_ARGS__} \
                                168                 :                :     )
                                169                 :                : 
                                170                 :                : static inline BackendTypeMask
                                171                 :           3905 : btmask_del(BackendTypeMask mask, BackendType t)
                                172                 :                : {
                                173                 :           3905 :     mask.mask &= ~(1 << t);
                                174                 :           3905 :     return mask;
                                175                 :                : }
                                176                 :                : 
                                177                 :                : static inline BackendTypeMask
  239 andres@anarazel.de        178                 :           2306 : btmask_all_except_n(int nargs, BackendType *t)
                                179                 :                : {
  296 heikki.linnakangas@i      180                 :           2306 :     BackendTypeMask mask = BTYPE_MASK_ALL;
                                181                 :                : 
  239 andres@anarazel.de        182         [ +  + ]:           6211 :     for (int i = 0; i < nargs; i++)
                                183                 :           3905 :         mask = btmask_del(mask, t[i]);
  296 heikki.linnakangas@i      184                 :           2306 :     return mask;
                                185                 :                : }
                                186                 :                : 
                                187                 :                : #define btmask_all_except(...) \
                                188                 :                :     btmask_all_except_n( \
                                189                 :                :         lengthof(((BackendType[]){__VA_ARGS__})), \
                                190                 :                :         (BackendType[]){__VA_ARGS__} \
                                191                 :                :     )
                                192                 :                : 
                                193                 :                : static inline bool
                                194                 :         124260 : btmask_contains(BackendTypeMask mask, BackendType t)
                                195                 :                : {
                                196                 :         124260 :     return (mask.mask & (1 << t)) != 0;
                                197                 :                : }
                                198                 :                : 
                                199                 :                : 
                                200                 :                : BackgroundWorker *MyBgworkerEntry = NULL;
                                201                 :                : 
                                202                 :                : /* The socket number we are listening for connections on */
                                203                 :                : int         PostPortNumber = DEF_PGPORT;
                                204                 :                : 
                                205                 :                : /* The directory names for Unix socket(s) */
                                206                 :                : char       *Unix_socket_directories;
                                207                 :                : 
                                208                 :                : /* The TCP listen address(es) */
                                209                 :                : char       *ListenAddresses;
                                210                 :                : 
                                211                 :                : /*
                                212                 :                :  * SuperuserReservedConnections is the number of backends reserved for
                                213                 :                :  * superuser use, and ReservedConnections is the number of backends reserved
                                214                 :                :  * for use by roles with privileges of the pg_use_reserved_connections
                                215                 :                :  * predefined role.  These are taken out of the pool of MaxConnections backend
                                216                 :                :  * slots, so the number of backend slots available for roles that are neither
                                217                 :                :  * superuser nor have privileges of pg_use_reserved_connections is
                                218                 :                :  * (MaxConnections - SuperuserReservedConnections - ReservedConnections).
                                219                 :                :  *
                                220                 :                :  * If the number of remaining slots is less than or equal to
                                221                 :                :  * SuperuserReservedConnections, only superusers can make new connections.  If
                                222                 :                :  * the number of remaining slots is greater than SuperuserReservedConnections
                                223                 :                :  * but less than or equal to
                                224                 :                :  * (SuperuserReservedConnections + ReservedConnections), only superusers and
                                225                 :                :  * roles with privileges of pg_use_reserved_connections can make new
                                226                 :                :  * connections.  Note that pre-existing superuser and
                                227                 :                :  * pg_use_reserved_connections connections don't count against the limits.
                                228                 :                :  */
                                229                 :                : int         SuperuserReservedConnections;
                                230                 :                : int         ReservedConnections;
                                231                 :                : 
                                232                 :                : /* The socket(s) we're listening to. */
                                233                 :                : #define MAXLISTEN   64
                                234                 :                : static int  NumListenSockets = 0;
                                235                 :                : static pgsocket *ListenSockets = NULL;
                                236                 :                : 
                                237                 :                : /* still more option variables */
                                238                 :                : bool        EnableSSL = false;
                                239                 :                : 
                                240                 :                : int         PreAuthDelay = 0;
                                241                 :                : int         AuthenticationTimeout = 60;
                                242                 :                : 
                                243                 :                : bool        log_hostname;       /* for ps display and logging */
                                244                 :                : 
                                245                 :                : bool        enable_bonjour = false;
                                246                 :                : char       *bonjour_name;
                                247                 :                : bool        restart_after_crash = true;
                                248                 :                : bool        remove_temp_files_after_crash = true;
                                249                 :                : 
                                250                 :                : /*
                                251                 :                :  * When terminating child processes after fatal errors, like a crash of a
                                252                 :                :  * child process, we normally send SIGQUIT -- and most other comments in this
                                253                 :                :  * file are written on the assumption that we do -- but developers might
                                254                 :                :  * prefer to use SIGABRT to collect per-child core dumps.
                                255                 :                :  */
                                256                 :                : bool        send_abort_for_crash = false;
                                257                 :                : bool        send_abort_for_kill = false;
                                258                 :                : 
                                259                 :                : /* special child processes; NULL when not running */
                                260                 :                : static PMChild *StartupPMChild = NULL,
                                261                 :                :            *BgWriterPMChild = NULL,
                                262                 :                :            *CheckpointerPMChild = NULL,
                                263                 :                :            *WalWriterPMChild = NULL,
                                264                 :                :            *WalReceiverPMChild = NULL,
                                265                 :                :            *WalSummarizerPMChild = NULL,
                                266                 :                :            *AutoVacLauncherPMChild = NULL,
                                267                 :                :            *PgArchPMChild = NULL,
                                268                 :                :            *SysLoggerPMChild = NULL,
                                269                 :                :            *SlotSyncWorkerPMChild = NULL;
                                270                 :                : 
                                271                 :                : /* Startup process's status */
                                272                 :                : typedef enum
                                273                 :                : {
                                274                 :                :     STARTUP_NOT_RUNNING,
                                275                 :                :     STARTUP_RUNNING,
                                276                 :                :     STARTUP_SIGNALED,           /* we sent it a SIGQUIT or SIGKILL */
                                277                 :                :     STARTUP_CRASHED,
                                278                 :                : } StartupStatusEnum;
                                279                 :                : 
                                280                 :                : static StartupStatusEnum StartupStatus = STARTUP_NOT_RUNNING;
                                281                 :                : 
                                282                 :                : /* Startup/shutdown state */
                                283                 :                : #define         NoShutdown      0
                                284                 :                : #define         SmartShutdown   1
                                285                 :                : #define         FastShutdown    2
                                286                 :                : #define         ImmediateShutdown   3
                                287                 :                : 
                                288                 :                : static int  Shutdown = NoShutdown;
                                289                 :                : 
                                290                 :                : static bool FatalError = false; /* T if recovering from backend crash */
                                291                 :                : 
                                292                 :                : /*
                                293                 :                :  * We use a simple state machine to control startup, shutdown, and
                                294                 :                :  * crash recovery (which is rather like shutdown followed by startup).
                                295                 :                :  *
                                296                 :                :  * After doing all the postmaster initialization work, we enter PM_STARTUP
                                297                 :                :  * state and the startup process is launched. The startup process begins by
                                298                 :                :  * reading the control file and other preliminary initialization steps.
                                299                 :                :  * In a normal startup, or after crash recovery, the startup process exits
                                300                 :                :  * with exit code 0 and we switch to PM_RUN state.  However, archive recovery
                                301                 :                :  * is handled specially since it takes much longer and we would like to support
                                302                 :                :  * hot standby during archive recovery.
                                303                 :                :  *
                                304                 :                :  * When the startup process is ready to start archive recovery, it signals the
                                305                 :                :  * postmaster, and we switch to PM_RECOVERY state. The background writer and
                                306                 :                :  * checkpointer are launched, while the startup process continues applying WAL.
                                307                 :                :  * If Hot Standby is enabled, then, after reaching a consistent point in WAL
                                308                 :                :  * redo, startup process signals us again, and we switch to PM_HOT_STANDBY
                                309                 :                :  * state and begin accepting connections to perform read-only queries.  When
                                310                 :                :  * archive recovery is finished, the startup process exits with exit code 0
                                311                 :                :  * and we switch to PM_RUN state.
                                312                 :                :  *
                                313                 :                :  * Normal child backends can only be launched when we are in PM_RUN or
                                314                 :                :  * PM_HOT_STANDBY state.  (connsAllowed can also restrict launching.)
                                315                 :                :  * In other states we handle connection requests by launching "dead-end"
                                316                 :                :  * child processes, which will simply send the client an error message and
                                317                 :                :  * quit.  (We track these in the ActiveChildList so that we can know when they
                                318                 :                :  * are all gone; this is important because they're still connected to shared
                                319                 :                :  * memory, and would interfere with an attempt to destroy the shmem segment,
                                320                 :                :  * possibly leading to SHMALL failure when we try to make a new one.)
                                321                 :                :  * In PM_WAIT_DEAD_END state we are waiting for all the dead-end children
                                322                 :                :  * to drain out of the system, and therefore stop accepting connection
                                323                 :                :  * requests at all until the last existing child has quit (which hopefully
                                324                 :                :  * will not be very long).
                                325                 :                :  *
                                326                 :                :  * Notice that this state variable does not distinguish *why* we entered
                                327                 :                :  * states later than PM_RUN --- Shutdown and FatalError must be consulted
                                328                 :                :  * to find that out.  FatalError is never true in PM_RECOVERY, PM_HOT_STANDBY,
                                329                 :                :  * or PM_RUN states, nor in PM_WAIT_XLOG_SHUTDOWN states (because we don't
                                330                 :                :  * enter those states when trying to recover from a crash).  It can be true in
                                331                 :                :  * PM_STARTUP state, because we don't clear it until we've successfully
                                332                 :                :  * started WAL redo.
                                333                 :                :  */
                                334                 :                : typedef enum
                                335                 :                : {
                                336                 :                :     PM_INIT,                    /* postmaster starting */
                                337                 :                :     PM_STARTUP,                 /* waiting for startup subprocess */
                                338                 :                :     PM_RECOVERY,                /* in archive recovery mode */
                                339                 :                :     PM_HOT_STANDBY,             /* in hot standby mode */
                                340                 :                :     PM_RUN,                     /* normal "database is alive" state */
                                341                 :                :     PM_STOP_BACKENDS,           /* need to stop remaining backends */
                                342                 :                :     PM_WAIT_BACKENDS,           /* waiting for live backends to exit */
                                343                 :                :     PM_WAIT_XLOG_SHUTDOWN,      /* waiting for checkpointer to do shutdown
                                344                 :                :                                  * ckpt */
                                345                 :                :     PM_WAIT_XLOG_ARCHIVAL,      /* waiting for archiver and walsenders to
                                346                 :                :                                  * finish */
                                347                 :                :     PM_WAIT_IO_WORKERS,         /* waiting for io workers to exit */
                                348                 :                :     PM_WAIT_CHECKPOINTER,       /* waiting for checkpointer to shut down */
                                349                 :                :     PM_WAIT_DEAD_END,           /* waiting for dead-end children to exit */
                                350                 :                :     PM_NO_CHILDREN,             /* all important children have exited */
                                351                 :                : } PMState;
                                352                 :                : 
                                353                 :                : static PMState pmState = PM_INIT;
                                354                 :                : 
                                355                 :                : /*
                                356                 :                :  * While performing a "smart shutdown", we restrict new connections but stay
                                357                 :                :  * in PM_RUN or PM_HOT_STANDBY state until all the client backends are gone.
                                358                 :                :  * connsAllowed is a sub-state indicator showing the active restriction.
                                359                 :                :  * It is of no interest unless pmState is PM_RUN or PM_HOT_STANDBY.
                                360                 :                :  */
                                361                 :                : static bool connsAllowed = true;
                                362                 :                : 
                                363                 :                : /* Start time of SIGKILL timeout during immediate shutdown or child crash */
                                364                 :                : /* Zero means timeout is not running */
                                365                 :                : static time_t AbortStartTime = 0;
                                366                 :                : 
                                367                 :                : /* Length of said timeout */
                                368                 :                : #define SIGKILL_CHILDREN_AFTER_SECS     5
                                369                 :                : 
                                370                 :                : static bool ReachedNormalRunning = false;   /* T if we've reached PM_RUN */
                                371                 :                : 
                                372                 :                : bool        ClientAuthInProgress = false;   /* T during new-client
                                373                 :                :                                              * authentication */
                                374                 :                : 
                                375                 :                : bool        redirection_done = false;   /* stderr redirected for syslogger? */
                                376                 :                : 
                                377                 :                : /* received START_AUTOVAC_LAUNCHER signal */
                                378                 :                : static bool start_autovac_launcher = false;
                                379                 :                : 
                                380                 :                : /* the launcher needs to be signaled to communicate some condition */
                                381                 :                : static bool avlauncher_needs_signal = false;
                                382                 :                : 
                                383                 :                : /* received START_WALRECEIVER signal */
                                384                 :                : static bool WalReceiverRequested = false;
                                385                 :                : 
                                386                 :                : /* set when there's a worker that needs to be started up */
                                387                 :                : static bool StartWorkerNeeded = true;
                                388                 :                : static bool HaveCrashedWorker = false;
                                389                 :                : 
                                390                 :                : /* set when signals arrive */
                                391                 :                : static volatile sig_atomic_t pending_pm_pmsignal;
                                392                 :                : static volatile sig_atomic_t pending_pm_child_exit;
                                393                 :                : static volatile sig_atomic_t pending_pm_reload_request;
                                394                 :                : static volatile sig_atomic_t pending_pm_shutdown_request;
                                395                 :                : static volatile sig_atomic_t pending_pm_fast_shutdown_request;
                                396                 :                : static volatile sig_atomic_t pending_pm_immediate_shutdown_request;
                                397                 :                : 
                                398                 :                : /* event multiplexing object */
                                399                 :                : static WaitEventSet *pm_wait_set;
                                400                 :                : 
                                401                 :                : #ifdef USE_SSL
                                402                 :                : /* Set when and if SSL has been initialized properly */
                                403                 :                : bool        LoadedSSL = false;
                                404                 :                : #endif
                                405                 :                : 
                                406                 :                : #ifdef USE_BONJOUR
                                407                 :                : static DNSServiceRef bonjour_sdref = NULL;
                                408                 :                : #endif
                                409                 :                : 
                                410                 :                : /* State for IO worker management. */
                                411                 :                : static int  io_worker_count = 0;
                                412                 :                : static PMChild *io_worker_children[MAX_IO_WORKERS];
                                413                 :                : 
                                414                 :                : /*
                                415                 :                :  * postmaster.c - function prototypes
                                416                 :                :  */
                                417                 :                : static void CloseServerPorts(int status, Datum arg);
                                418                 :                : static void unlink_external_pid_file(int status, Datum arg);
                                419                 :                : static void getInstallationPaths(const char *argv0);
                                420                 :                : static void checkControlFile(void);
                                421                 :                : static void handle_pm_pmsignal_signal(SIGNAL_ARGS);
                                422                 :                : static void handle_pm_child_exit_signal(SIGNAL_ARGS);
                                423                 :                : static void handle_pm_reload_request_signal(SIGNAL_ARGS);
                                424                 :                : static void handle_pm_shutdown_request_signal(SIGNAL_ARGS);
                                425                 :                : static void process_pm_pmsignal(void);
                                426                 :                : static void process_pm_child_exit(void);
                                427                 :                : static void process_pm_reload_request(void);
                                428                 :                : static void process_pm_shutdown_request(void);
                                429                 :                : static void dummy_handler(SIGNAL_ARGS);
                                430                 :                : static void CleanupBackend(PMChild *bp, int exitstatus);
                                431                 :                : static void HandleChildCrash(int pid, int exitstatus, const char *procname);
                                432                 :                : static void LogChildExit(int lev, const char *procname,
                                433                 :                :                          int pid, int exitstatus);
                                434                 :                : static void PostmasterStateMachine(void);
                                435                 :                : static void UpdatePMState(PMState newState);
                                436                 :                : 
                                437                 :                : pg_noreturn static void ExitPostmaster(int status);
                                438                 :                : static int  ServerLoop(void);
                                439                 :                : static int  BackendStartup(ClientSocket *client_sock);
                                440                 :                : static void report_fork_failure_to_client(ClientSocket *client_sock, int errnum);
                                441                 :                : static CAC_state canAcceptConnections(BackendType backend_type);
                                442                 :                : static void signal_child(PMChild *pmchild, int signal);
                                443                 :                : static bool SignalChildren(int signal, BackendTypeMask targetMask);
                                444                 :                : static void TerminateChildren(int signal);
                                445                 :                : static int  CountChildren(BackendTypeMask targetMask);
                                446                 :                : static void LaunchMissingBackgroundProcesses(void);
                                447                 :                : static void maybe_start_bgworkers(void);
                                448                 :                : static bool maybe_reap_io_worker(int pid);
                                449                 :                : static void maybe_adjust_io_workers(void);
                                450                 :                : static bool CreateOptsFile(int argc, char *argv[], char *fullprogname);
                                451                 :                : static PMChild *StartChildProcess(BackendType type);
                                452                 :                : static void StartSysLogger(void);
                                453                 :                : static void StartAutovacuumWorker(void);
                                454                 :                : static bool StartBackgroundWorker(RegisteredBgWorker *rw);
                                455                 :                : static void InitPostmasterDeathWatchHandle(void);
                                456                 :                : 
                                457                 :                : #ifdef WIN32
                                458                 :                : #define WNOHANG 0               /* ignored, so any integer value will do */
                                459                 :                : 
                                460                 :                : static pid_t waitpid(pid_t pid, int *exitstatus, int options);
                                461                 :                : static void WINAPI pgwin32_deadchild_callback(PVOID lpParameter, BOOLEAN TimerOrWaitFired);
                                462                 :                : 
                                463                 :                : static HANDLE win32ChildQueue;
                                464                 :                : 
                                465                 :                : typedef struct
                                466                 :                : {
                                467                 :                :     HANDLE      waitHandle;
                                468                 :                :     HANDLE      procHandle;
                                469                 :                :     DWORD       procId;
                                470                 :                : } win32_deadchild_waitinfo;
                                471                 :                : #endif                          /* WIN32 */
                                472                 :                : 
                                473                 :                : /* Macros to check exit status of a child process */
                                474                 :                : #define EXIT_STATUS_0(st)  ((st) == 0)
                                475                 :                : #define EXIT_STATUS_1(st)  (WIFEXITED(st) && WEXITSTATUS(st) == 1)
                                476                 :                : #define EXIT_STATUS_3(st)  (WIFEXITED(st) && WEXITSTATUS(st) == 3)
                                477                 :                : 
                                478                 :                : #ifndef WIN32
                                479                 :                : /*
                                480                 :                :  * File descriptors for pipe used to monitor if postmaster is alive.
                                481                 :                :  * First is POSTMASTER_FD_WATCH, second is POSTMASTER_FD_OWN.
                                482                 :                :  */
                                483                 :                : int         postmaster_alive_fds[2] = {-1, -1};
                                484                 :                : #else
                                485                 :                : /* Process handle of postmaster used for the same purpose on Windows */
                                486                 :                : HANDLE      PostmasterHandle;
                                487                 :                : #endif
                                488                 :                : 
                                489                 :                : /*
                                490                 :                :  * Postmaster main entry point
                                491                 :                :  */
                                492                 :                : void
10651 scrappy@hub.org           493                 :            821 : PostmasterMain(int argc, char *argv[])
                                494                 :                : {
                                495                 :                :     int         opt;
                                496                 :                :     int         status;
 7638 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us         497                 :            821 :     char       *userDoption = NULL;
 5350                           498                 :            821 :     bool        listen_addr_saved = false;
 4228 peter_e@gmx.net           499                 :            821 :     char       *output_config_variable = NULL;
                                500                 :                : 
 2514 tmunro@postgresql.or      501                 :            821 :     InitProcessGlobals();
                                502                 :                : 
                                503                 :            821 :     PostmasterPid = MyProcPid;
                                504                 :                : 
 8137 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us         505                 :            821 :     IsPostmasterEnvironment = true;
                                506                 :                : 
                                507                 :                :     /*
                                508                 :                :      * Start our win32 signal implementation
                                509                 :                :      */
                                510                 :                : #ifdef WIN32
                                511                 :                :     pgwin32_signal_initialize();
                                512                 :                : #endif
                                513                 :                : 
                                514                 :                :     /*
                                515                 :                :      * We should not be creating any files or directories before we check the
                                516                 :                :      * data directory (see checkDataDir()), but just in case set the umask to
                                517                 :                :      * the most restrictive (owner-only) permissions.
                                518                 :                :      *
                                519                 :                :      * checkDataDir() will reset the umask based on the data directory
                                520                 :                :      * permissions.
                                521                 :                :      */
 2709 sfrost@snowman.net        522                 :            821 :     umask(PG_MODE_MASK_OWNER);
                                523                 :                : 
                                524                 :                :     /*
                                525                 :                :      * By default, palloc() requests in the postmaster will be allocated in
                                526                 :                :      * the PostmasterContext, which is space that can be recycled by backends.
                                527                 :                :      * Allocated data that needs to be available to backends should be
                                528                 :                :      * allocated in TopMemoryContext.
                                529                 :                :      */
 9201 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us         530                 :            821 :     PostmasterContext = AllocSetContextCreate(TopMemoryContext,
                                531                 :                :                                               "Postmaster",
                                532                 :                :                                               ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_SIZES);
                                533                 :            821 :     MemoryContextSwitchTo(PostmasterContext);
                                534                 :                : 
                                535                 :                :     /* Initialize paths to installation files */
 5971                           536                 :            821 :     getInstallationPaths(argv[0]);
                                537                 :                : 
                                538                 :                :     /*
                                539                 :                :      * Set up signal handlers for the postmaster process.
                                540                 :                :      *
                                541                 :                :      * CAUTION: when changing this list, check for side-effects on the signal
                                542                 :                :      * handling setup of child processes.  See tcop/postgres.c,
                                543                 :                :      * bootstrap/bootstrap.c, postmaster/bgwriter.c, postmaster/walwriter.c,
                                544                 :                :      * postmaster/autovacuum.c, postmaster/pgarch.c, postmaster/syslogger.c,
                                545                 :                :      * postmaster/bgworker.c and postmaster/checkpointer.c.
                                546                 :                :      */
 4172                           547                 :            821 :     pqinitmask();
  946 tmunro@postgresql.or      548                 :            821 :     sigprocmask(SIG_SETMASK, &BlockSig, NULL);
                                549                 :                : 
  968                           550                 :            821 :     pqsignal(SIGHUP, handle_pm_reload_request_signal);
                                551                 :            821 :     pqsignal(SIGINT, handle_pm_shutdown_request_signal);
                                552                 :            821 :     pqsignal(SIGQUIT, handle_pm_shutdown_request_signal);
                                553                 :            821 :     pqsignal(SIGTERM, handle_pm_shutdown_request_signal);
                                554                 :            821 :     pqsignal(SIGALRM, SIG_IGN); /* ignored */
                                555                 :            821 :     pqsignal(SIGPIPE, SIG_IGN); /* ignored */
                                556                 :            821 :     pqsignal(SIGUSR1, handle_pm_pmsignal_signal);
                                557                 :            821 :     pqsignal(SIGUSR2, dummy_handler);   /* unused, reserve for children */
                                558                 :            821 :     pqsignal(SIGCHLD, handle_pm_child_exit_signal);
                                559                 :                : 
                                560                 :                :     /* This may configure SIGURG, depending on platform. */
  184 heikki.linnakangas@i      561                 :            821 :     InitializeWaitEventSupport();
  968 tmunro@postgresql.or      562                 :            821 :     InitProcessLocalLatch();
                                563                 :                : 
                                564                 :                :     /*
                                565                 :                :      * No other place in Postgres should touch SIGTTIN/SIGTTOU handling.  We
                                566                 :                :      * ignore those signals in a postmaster environment, so that there is no
                                567                 :                :      * risk of a child process freezing up due to writing to stderr.  But for
                                568                 :                :      * a standalone backend, their default handling is reasonable.  Hence, all
                                569                 :                :      * child processes should just allow the inherited settings to stand.
                                570                 :                :      */
                                571                 :                : #ifdef SIGTTIN
                                572                 :            821 :     pqsignal(SIGTTIN, SIG_IGN); /* ignored */
                                573                 :                : #endif
                                574                 :                : #ifdef SIGTTOU
                                575                 :            821 :     pqsignal(SIGTTOU, SIG_IGN); /* ignored */
                                576                 :                : #endif
                                577                 :                : 
                                578                 :                :     /* ignore SIGXFSZ, so that ulimit violations work like disk full */
                                579                 :                : #ifdef SIGXFSZ
                                580                 :            821 :     pqsignal(SIGXFSZ, SIG_IGN); /* ignored */
                                581                 :                : #endif
                                582                 :                : 
                                583                 :                :     /* Begin accepting signals. */
  946                           584                 :            821 :     sigprocmask(SIG_SETMASK, &UnBlockSig, NULL);
                                585                 :                : 
                                586                 :                :     /*
                                587                 :                :      * Options setup
                                588                 :                :      */
 8513 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us         589                 :            821 :     InitializeGUCOptions();
                                590                 :                : 
 9229 peter_e@gmx.net           591                 :            821 :     opterr = 1;
                                592                 :                : 
                                593                 :                :     /*
                                594                 :                :      * Parse command-line options.  CAUTION: keep this in sync with
                                595                 :                :      * tcop/postgres.c (the option sets should not conflict) and with the
                                596                 :                :      * common help() function in main/main.c.
                                597                 :                :      */
  999 peter@eisentraut.org      598         [ +  + ]:           2969 :     while ((opt = getopt(argc, argv, "B:bC:c:D:d:EeFf:h:ijk:lN:OPp:r:S:sTt:W:-:")) != -1)
                                599                 :                :     {
10226 bruce@momjian.us          600   [ -  +  +  +  :           2150 :         switch (opt)
                                     +  +  -  -  -  
                                     +  -  -  -  -  
                                     +  -  -  -  -  
                                     +  -  -  -  -  
                                           -  -  - ]
                                601                 :                :         {
10225 bruce@momjian.us          602                 :UBC           0 :             case 'B':
 8596 peter_e@gmx.net           603                 :              0 :                 SetConfigOption("shared_buffers", optarg, PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_ARGV);
10225 bruce@momjian.us          604                 :              0 :                 break;
                                605                 :                : 
 5248 bruce@momjian.us          606                 :CBC          47 :             case 'b':
                                607                 :                :                 /* Undocumented flag used for binary upgrades */
                                608                 :             47 :                 IsBinaryUpgrade = true;
                                609                 :             47 :                 break;
                                610                 :                : 
 5084                           611                 :              3 :             case 'C':
 4712                           612                 :              3 :                 output_config_variable = strdup(optarg);
 5084                           613                 :              3 :                 break;
                                614                 :                : 
  999 peter@eisentraut.org      615                 :            657 :             case '-':
                                616                 :                : 
                                617                 :                :                 /*
                                618                 :                :                  * Error if the user misplaced a special must-be-first option
                                619                 :                :                  * for dispatching to a subprogram.  parse_dispatch_option()
                                620                 :                :                  * returns DISPATCH_POSTMASTER if it doesn't find a match, so
                                621                 :                :                  * error for anything else.
                                622                 :                :                  */
  276 nathan@postgresql.or      623         [ -  + ]:            657 :                 if (parse_dispatch_option(optarg) != DISPATCH_POSTMASTER)
  276 nathan@postgresql.or      624         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :                     ereport(ERROR,
                                625                 :                :                             (errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
                                626                 :                :                              errmsg("--%s must be first argument", optarg)));
                                627                 :                : 
                                628                 :                :                 /* FALLTHROUGH */
                                629                 :                :             case 'c':
                                630                 :                :                 {
                                631                 :                :                     char       *name,
                                632                 :                :                                *value;
                                633                 :                : 
  999 peter@eisentraut.org      634                 :CBC        1046 :                     ParseLongOption(optarg, &name, &value);
                                635         [ +  + ]:           1046 :                     if (!value)
                                636                 :                :                     {
                                637         [ +  - ]:              1 :                         if (opt == '-')
                                638         [ +  - ]:              1 :                             ereport(ERROR,
                                639                 :                :                                     (errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
                                640                 :                :                                      errmsg("--%s requires a value",
                                641                 :                :                                             optarg)));
                                642                 :                :                         else
  999 peter@eisentraut.org      643         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :                             ereport(ERROR,
                                644                 :                :                                     (errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
                                645                 :                :                                      errmsg("-c %s requires a value",
                                646                 :                :                                             optarg)));
                                647                 :                :                     }
                                648                 :                : 
  999 peter@eisentraut.org      649                 :CBC        1045 :                     SetConfigOption(name, value, PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_ARGV);
                                650                 :           1044 :                     pfree(name);
                                651                 :           1044 :                     pfree(value);
                                652                 :           1044 :                     break;
                                653                 :                :                 }
                                654                 :                : 
10225 bruce@momjian.us          655                 :            819 :             case 'D':
 4712                           656                 :            819 :                 userDoption = strdup(optarg);
10225                           657                 :            819 :                 break;
                                658                 :                : 
10225 bruce@momjian.us          659                 :UBC           0 :             case 'd':
 7601 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us         660                 :              0 :                 set_debug_options(atoi(optarg), PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_ARGV);
                                661                 :              0 :                 break;
                                662                 :                : 
 7184 peter_e@gmx.net           663                 :              0 :             case 'E':
                                664                 :              0 :                 SetConfigOption("log_statement", "all", PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_ARGV);
                                665                 :              0 :                 break;
                                666                 :                : 
                                667                 :              0 :             case 'e':
                                668                 :              0 :                 SetConfigOption("datestyle", "euro", PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_ARGV);
                                669                 :              0 :                 break;
                                670                 :                : 
 9227 bruce@momjian.us          671                 :CBC          88 :             case 'F':
 8596 peter_e@gmx.net           672                 :             88 :                 SetConfigOption("fsync", "false", PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_ARGV);
 9227 bruce@momjian.us          673                 :             88 :                 break;
                                674                 :                : 
 7184 peter_e@gmx.net           675                 :UBC           0 :             case 'f':
                                676         [ #  # ]:              0 :                 if (!set_plan_disabling_options(optarg, PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_ARGV))
                                677                 :                :                 {
                                678                 :              0 :                     write_stderr("%s: invalid argument for option -f: \"%s\"\n",
                                679                 :                :                                  progname, optarg);
                                680                 :              0 :                     ExitPostmaster(1);
                                681                 :                :                 }
                                682                 :              0 :                 break;
                                683                 :                : 
 9063 bruce@momjian.us          684                 :              0 :             case 'h':
 7837 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us         685                 :              0 :                 SetConfigOption("listen_addresses", optarg, PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_ARGV);
 9063 bruce@momjian.us          686                 :              0 :                 break;
                                687                 :                : 
10162                           688                 :              0 :             case 'i':
 7837 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us         689                 :              0 :                 SetConfigOption("listen_addresses", "*", PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_ARGV);
 9465 bruce@momjian.us          690                 :              0 :                 break;
                                691                 :                : 
 7184 peter_e@gmx.net           692                 :              0 :             case 'j':
                                693                 :                :                 /* only used by interactive backend */
                                694                 :              0 :                 break;
                                695                 :                : 
 9063 bruce@momjian.us          696                 :CBC          88 :             case 'k':
 4775 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us         697                 :             88 :                 SetConfigOption("unix_socket_directories", optarg, PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_ARGV);
 9063 bruce@momjian.us          698                 :             88 :                 break;
                                699                 :                : 
 9465 bruce@momjian.us          700                 :UBC           0 :             case 'l':
 8596 peter_e@gmx.net           701                 :              0 :                 SetConfigOption("ssl", "true", PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_ARGV);
10165 bruce@momjian.us          702                 :              0 :                 break;
                                703                 :                : 
 9696 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us         704                 :              0 :             case 'N':
 8596 peter_e@gmx.net           705                 :              0 :                 SetConfigOption("max_connections", optarg, PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_ARGV);
 9696 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us         706                 :              0 :                 break;
                                707                 :                : 
 7184 peter_e@gmx.net           708                 :              0 :             case 'O':
                                709                 :              0 :                 SetConfigOption("allow_system_table_mods", "true", PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_ARGV);
                                710                 :              0 :                 break;
                                711                 :                : 
                                712                 :              0 :             case 'P':
                                713                 :              0 :                 SetConfigOption("ignore_system_indexes", "true", PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_ARGV);
                                714                 :              0 :                 break;
                                715                 :                : 
10225 bruce@momjian.us          716                 :CBC          59 :             case 'p':
 8596 peter_e@gmx.net           717                 :             59 :                 SetConfigOption("port", optarg, PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_ARGV);
10225 bruce@momjian.us          718                 :             59 :                 break;
                                719                 :                : 
 7184 peter_e@gmx.net           720                 :UBC           0 :             case 'r':
                                721                 :                :                 /* only used by single-user backend */
                                722                 :              0 :                 break;
                                723                 :                : 
                                724                 :              0 :             case 'S':
                                725                 :              0 :                 SetConfigOption("work_mem", optarg, PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_ARGV);
10225 bruce@momjian.us          726                 :              0 :                 break;
                                727                 :                : 
                                728                 :              0 :             case 's':
 6820 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us         729                 :              0 :                 SetConfigOption("log_statement_stats", "true", PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_ARGV);
 7184 peter_e@gmx.net           730                 :              0 :                 break;
                                731                 :                : 
                                732                 :              0 :             case 'T':
                                733                 :                : 
                                734                 :                :                 /*
                                735                 :                :                  * This option used to be defined as sending SIGSTOP after a
                                736                 :                :                  * backend crash, but sending SIGABRT seems more useful.
                                737                 :                :                  */
 1020 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us         738                 :              0 :                 SetConfigOption("send_abort_for_crash", "true", PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_ARGV);
10225 bruce@momjian.us          739                 :              0 :                 break;
                                740                 :                : 
 7184 peter_e@gmx.net           741                 :              0 :             case 't':
                                742                 :                :                 {
 6912 bruce@momjian.us          743                 :              0 :                     const char *tmp = get_stats_option_name(optarg);
                                744                 :                : 
                                745         [ #  # ]:              0 :                     if (tmp)
                                746                 :                :                     {
                                747                 :              0 :                         SetConfigOption(tmp, "true", PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_ARGV);
                                748                 :                :                     }
                                749                 :                :                     else
                                750                 :                :                     {
                                751                 :              0 :                         write_stderr("%s: invalid argument for option -t: \"%s\"\n",
                                752                 :                :                                      progname, optarg);
                                753                 :              0 :                         ExitPostmaster(1);
                                754                 :                :                     }
                                755                 :              0 :                     break;
                                756                 :                :                 }
                                757                 :                : 
 7184 peter_e@gmx.net           758                 :              0 :             case 'W':
                                759                 :              0 :                 SetConfigOption("post_auth_delay", optarg, PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_ARGV);
                                760                 :              0 :                 break;
                                761                 :                : 
10225 bruce@momjian.us          762                 :              0 :             default:
 7717                           763                 :              0 :                 write_stderr("Try \"%s --help\" for more information.\n",
                                764                 :                :                              progname);
 9047 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us         765                 :              0 :                 ExitPostmaster(1);
                                766                 :                :         }
                                767                 :                :     }
                                768                 :                : 
                                769                 :                :     /*
                                770                 :                :      * Postmaster accepts no non-option switch arguments.
                                771                 :                :      */
 8596 peter_e@gmx.net           772         [ -  + ]:CBC         819 :     if (optind < argc)
                                773                 :                :     {
 7717 bruce@momjian.us          774                 :UBC           0 :         write_stderr("%s: invalid argument: \"%s\"\n",
                                775                 :              0 :                      progname, argv[optind]);
                                776                 :              0 :         write_stderr("Try \"%s --help\" for more information.\n",
                                777                 :                :                      progname);
 8596 peter_e@gmx.net           778                 :              0 :         ExitPostmaster(1);
                                779                 :                :     }
                                780                 :                : 
                                781                 :                :     /*
                                782                 :                :      * Locate the proper configuration files and data directory, and read
                                783                 :                :      * postgresql.conf for the first time.
                                784                 :                :      */
 7638 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us         785         [ -  + ]:CBC         819 :     if (!SelectConfigFiles(userDoption, progname))
 7638 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us         786                 :UBC           0 :         ExitPostmaster(2);
                                787                 :                : 
 5084 bruce@momjian.us          788         [ +  + ]:CBC         815 :     if (output_config_variable != NULL)
                                789                 :                :     {
                                790                 :                :         /*
                                791                 :                :          * If this is a runtime-computed GUC, it hasn't yet been initialized,
                                792                 :                :          * and the present value is not useful.  However, this is a convenient
                                793                 :                :          * place to print the value for most GUCs because it is safe to run
                                794                 :                :          * postmaster startup to this point even if the server is already
                                795                 :                :          * running.  For the handful of runtime-computed GUCs that we cannot
                                796                 :                :          * provide meaningful values for yet, we wait until later in
                                797                 :                :          * postmaster startup to print the value.  We won't be able to use -C
                                798                 :                :          * on running servers for those GUCs, but using this option now would
                                799                 :                :          * lead to incorrect results for them.
                                800                 :                :          */
 1451 michael@paquier.xyz       801                 :              2 :         int         flags = GetConfigOptionFlags(output_config_variable, true);
                                802                 :                : 
                                803         [ +  + ]:              2 :         if ((flags & GUC_RUNTIME_COMPUTED) == 0)
                                804                 :                :         {
                                805                 :                :             /*
                                806                 :                :              * "-C guc" was specified, so print GUC's value and exit.  No
                                807                 :                :              * extra permission check is needed because the user is reading
                                808                 :                :              * inside the data dir.
                                809                 :                :              */
                                810                 :              1 :             const char *config_val = GetConfigOption(output_config_variable,
                                811                 :                :                                                      false, false);
                                812                 :                : 
                                813         [ +  - ]:              1 :             puts(config_val ? config_val : "");
                                814                 :              1 :             ExitPostmaster(0);
                                815                 :                :         }
                                816                 :                : 
                                817                 :                :         /*
                                818                 :                :          * A runtime-computed GUC will be printed later on.  As we initialize
                                819                 :                :          * a server startup sequence, silence any log messages that may show
                                820                 :                :          * up in the output generated.  FATAL and more severe messages are
                                821                 :                :          * useful to show, even if one would only expect at least PANIC.  LOG
                                822                 :                :          * entries are hidden.
                                823                 :                :          */
 1186 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us         824                 :              1 :         SetConfigOption("log_min_messages", "FATAL", PGC_SUSET,
                                825                 :                :                         PGC_S_OVERRIDE);
                                826                 :                :     }
                                827                 :                : 
                                828                 :                :     /* Verify that DataDir looks reasonable */
 7638                           829                 :            814 :     checkDataDir();
                                830                 :                : 
                                831                 :                :     /* Check that pg_control exists */
 2709 sfrost@snowman.net        832                 :            814 :     checkControlFile();
                                833                 :                : 
                                834                 :                :     /* And switch working directory into it */
 7369 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us         835                 :            814 :     ChangeToDataDir();
                                836                 :                : 
                                837                 :                :     /*
                                838                 :                :      * Check for invalid combinations of GUC settings.
                                839                 :                :      */
  960 rhaas@postgresql.org      840         [ -  + ]:            814 :     if (SuperuserReservedConnections + ReservedConnections >= MaxConnections)
                                841                 :                :     {
  477 peter@eisentraut.org      842                 :UBC           0 :         write_stderr("%s: \"superuser_reserved_connections\" (%d) plus \"reserved_connections\" (%d) must be less than \"max_connections\" (%d)\n",
                                843                 :                :                      progname,
                                844                 :                :                      SuperuserReservedConnections, ReservedConnections,
                                845                 :                :                      MaxConnections);
 4775 magnus@hagander.net       846                 :              0 :         ExitPostmaster(1);
                                847                 :                :     }
 3767 heikki.linnakangas@i      848   [ +  +  -  + ]:CBC         814 :     if (XLogArchiveMode > ARCHIVE_MODE_OFF && wal_level == WAL_LEVEL_MINIMAL)
 5610 heikki.linnakangas@i      849         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
                                850                 :                :                 (errmsg("WAL archival cannot be enabled when \"wal_level\" is \"minimal\"")));
 5610 heikki.linnakangas@i      851   [ +  +  -  + ]:CBC         814 :     if (max_wal_senders > 0 && wal_level == WAL_LEVEL_MINIMAL)
 5610 heikki.linnakangas@i      852         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
                                853                 :                :                 (errmsg("WAL streaming (\"max_wal_senders\" > 0) requires \"wal_level\" to be \"replica\" or \"logical\"")));
  626 rhaas@postgresql.org      854   [ +  +  -  + ]:CBC         814 :     if (summarize_wal && wal_level == WAL_LEVEL_MINIMAL)
  626 rhaas@postgresql.org      855         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
                                856                 :                :                 (errmsg("WAL cannot be summarized when \"wal_level\" is \"minimal\"")));
   16 fujii@postgresql.org      857   [ +  +  -  + ]:GNC         814 :     if (sync_replication_slots && wal_level < WAL_LEVEL_LOGICAL)
   16 fujii@postgresql.org      858         [ #  # ]:UNC           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
                                859                 :                :                 (errmsg("replication slot synchronization (\"sync_replication_slots\" = on) requires \"wal_level\" >= \"logical\"")));
                                860                 :                : 
                                861                 :                :     /*
                                862                 :                :      * Other one-time internal sanity checks can go here, if they are fast.
                                863                 :                :      * (Put any slow processing further down, after postmaster.pid creation.)
                                864                 :                :      */
 8269 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us         865         [ -  + ]:CBC         814 :     if (!CheckDateTokenTables())
                                866                 :                :     {
 7717 bruce@momjian.us          867                 :UBC           0 :         write_stderr("%s: invalid datetoken tables, please fix\n", progname);
 8269 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us         868                 :              0 :         ExitPostmaster(1);
                                869                 :                :     }
                                870                 :                : 
                                871                 :                :     /*
                                872                 :                :      * Now that we are done processing the postmaster arguments, reset
                                873                 :                :      * getopt(3) library so that it will work correctly in subprocesses.
                                874                 :                :      */
 8723 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us         875                 :CBC         814 :     optind = 1;
                                876                 :                : #ifdef HAVE_INT_OPTRESET
                                877                 :                :     optreset = 1;               /* some systems need this too */
                                878                 :                : #endif
                                879                 :                : 
                                880                 :                :     /* For debugging: display postmaster environment */
  283 andres@anarazel.de        881         [ +  + ]:            814 :     if (message_level_is_interesting(DEBUG3))
                                882                 :                :     {
                                883                 :                : #if !defined(WIN32) || defined(_MSC_VER)
                                884                 :                :         extern char **environ;
                                885                 :                : #endif
                                886                 :                :         char      **p;
                                887                 :                :         StringInfoData si;
                                888                 :                : 
                                889                 :              3 :         initStringInfo(&si);
                                890                 :                : 
                                891                 :              3 :         appendStringInfoString(&si, "initial environment dump:");
 9064 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us         892         [ +  + ]:            417 :         for (p = environ; *p; ++p)
  283 andres@anarazel.de        893                 :            414 :             appendStringInfo(&si, "\n%s", *p);
                                894                 :                : 
                                895         [ +  - ]:              3 :         ereport(DEBUG3, errmsg_internal("%s", si.data));
                                896                 :              3 :         pfree(si.data);
                                897                 :                :     }
                                898                 :                : 
                                899                 :                :     /*
                                900                 :                :      * Create lockfile for data directory.
                                901                 :                :      *
                                902                 :                :      * We want to do this before we try to grab the input sockets, because the
                                903                 :                :      * data directory interlock is more reliable than the socket-file
                                904                 :                :      * interlock (thanks to whoever decided to put socket files in /tmp :-().
                                905                 :                :      * For the same reason, it's best to grab the TCP socket(s) before the
                                906                 :                :      * Unix socket(s).
                                907                 :                :      *
                                908                 :                :      * Also note that this internally sets up the on_proc_exit function that
                                909                 :                :      * is responsible for removing both data directory and socket lockfiles;
                                910                 :                :      * so it must happen before opening sockets so that at exit, the socket
                                911                 :                :      * lockfiles go away after CloseServerPorts runs.
                                912                 :                :      */
 7369 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us         913                 :            814 :     CreateDataDirLockFile(true);
                                914                 :                : 
                                915                 :                :     /*
                                916                 :                :      * Read the control file (for error checking and config info).
                                917                 :                :      *
                                918                 :                :      * Since we verify the control file's CRC, this has a useful side effect
                                919                 :                :      * on machines where we need a run-time test for CRC support instructions.
                                920                 :                :      * The postmaster will do the test once at startup, and then its child
                                921                 :                :      * processes will inherit the correct function pointer and not need to
                                922                 :                :      * repeat the test.
                                923                 :                :      */
 2911 andres@anarazel.de        924                 :            813 :     LocalProcessControlFile(false);
                                925                 :                : 
                                926                 :                :     /*
                                927                 :                :      * Register the apply launcher.  It's probably a good idea to call this
                                928                 :                :      * before any modules had a chance to take the background worker slots.
                                929                 :                :      */
 3152 peter_e@gmx.net           930                 :            813 :     ApplyLauncherRegister();
                                931                 :                : 
                                932                 :                :     /*
                                933                 :                :      * process any libraries that should be preloaded at postmaster start
                                934                 :                :      */
 6962 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us         935                 :            813 :     process_shared_preload_libraries();
                                936                 :                : 
                                937                 :                :     /*
                                938                 :                :      * Initialize SSL library, if specified.
                                939                 :                :      */
                                940                 :                : #ifdef USE_SSL
 1991 andrew@dunslane.net       941         [ +  + ]:            813 :     if (EnableSSL)
                                942                 :                :     {
                                943                 :             28 :         (void) secure_initialize(true);
                                944                 :             23 :         LoadedSSL = true;
                                945                 :                :     }
                                946                 :                : #endif
                                947                 :                : 
                                948                 :                :     /*
                                949                 :                :      * Now that loadable modules have had their chance to alter any GUCs,
                                950                 :                :      * calculate MaxBackends and initialize the machinery to track child
                                951                 :                :      * processes.
                                952                 :                :      */
 4630 alvherre@alvh.no-ip.      953                 :            808 :     InitializeMaxBackends();
  296 heikki.linnakangas@i      954                 :            808 :     InitPostmasterChildSlots();
                                955                 :                : 
                                956                 :                :     /*
                                957                 :                :      * Calculate the size of the PGPROC fast-path lock arrays.
                                958                 :                :      */
  350 tomas.vondra@postgre      959                 :            808 :     InitializeFastPathLocks();
                                960                 :                : 
                                961                 :                :     /*
                                962                 :                :      * Give preloaded libraries a chance to request additional shared memory.
                                963                 :                :      */
 1212 rhaas@postgresql.org      964                 :            808 :     process_shmem_requests();
                                965                 :                : 
                                966                 :                :     /*
                                967                 :                :      * Now that loadable modules have had their chance to request additional
                                968                 :                :      * shared memory, determine the value of any runtime-computed GUCs that
                                969                 :                :      * depend on the amount of shared memory required.
                                970                 :                :      */
 1459 michael@paquier.xyz       971                 :            808 :     InitializeShmemGUCs();
                                972                 :                : 
                                973                 :                :     /*
                                974                 :                :      * Now that modules have been loaded, we can process any custom resource
                                975                 :                :      * managers specified in the wal_consistency_checking GUC.
                                976                 :                :      */
 1249 jdavis@postgresql.or      977                 :            808 :     InitializeWalConsistencyChecking();
                                978                 :                : 
                                979                 :                :     /*
                                980                 :                :      * If -C was specified with a runtime-computed GUC, we held off printing
                                981                 :                :      * the value earlier, as the GUC was not yet initialized.  We handle -C
                                982                 :                :      * for most GUCs before we lock the data directory so that the option may
                                983                 :                :      * be used on a running server.  However, a handful of GUCs are runtime-
                                984                 :                :      * computed and do not have meaningful values until after locking the data
                                985                 :                :      * directory, and we cannot safely calculate their values earlier on a
                                986                 :                :      * running server.  At this point, such GUCs should be properly
                                987                 :                :      * initialized, and we haven't yet set up shared memory, so this is a good
                                988                 :                :      * time to handle the -C option for these special GUCs.
                                989                 :                :      */
 1451 michael@paquier.xyz       990         [ +  + ]:            808 :     if (output_config_variable != NULL)
                                991                 :                :     {
                                992                 :              1 :         const char *config_val = GetConfigOption(output_config_variable,
                                993                 :                :                                                  false, false);
                                994                 :                : 
                                995         [ +  - ]:              1 :         puts(config_val ? config_val : "");
                                996                 :              1 :         ExitPostmaster(0);
                                997                 :                :     }
                                998                 :                : 
                                999                 :                :     /*
                               1000                 :                :      * Set up shared memory and semaphores.
                               1001                 :                :      *
                               1002                 :                :      * Note: if using SysV shmem and/or semas, each postmaster startup will
                               1003                 :                :      * normally choose the same IPC keys.  This helps ensure that we will
                               1004                 :                :      * clean up dead IPC objects if the postmaster crashes and is restarted.
                               1005                 :                :      */
 1148 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1006                 :            807 :     CreateSharedMemoryAndSemaphores();
                               1007                 :                : 
                               1008                 :                :     /*
                               1009                 :                :      * Estimate number of openable files.  This must happen after setting up
                               1010                 :                :      * semaphores, because on some platforms semaphores count as open files.
                               1011                 :                :      */
 2187                          1012                 :            806 :     set_max_safe_fds();
                               1013                 :                : 
                               1014                 :                :     /*
                               1015                 :                :      * Initialize pipe (or process handle on Windows) that allows children to
                               1016                 :                :      * wake up from sleep on postmaster death.
                               1017                 :                :      */
                               1018                 :            806 :     InitPostmasterDeathWatchHandle();
                               1019                 :                : 
                               1020                 :                : #ifdef WIN32
                               1021                 :                : 
                               1022                 :                :     /*
                               1023                 :                :      * Initialize I/O completion port used to deliver list of dead children.
                               1024                 :                :      */
                               1025                 :                :     win32ChildQueue = CreateIoCompletionPort(INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE, NULL, 0, 1);
                               1026                 :                :     if (win32ChildQueue == NULL)
                               1027                 :                :         ereport(FATAL,
                               1028                 :                :                 (errmsg("could not create I/O completion port for child queue")));
                               1029                 :                : #endif
                               1030                 :                : 
                               1031                 :                : #ifdef EXEC_BACKEND
                               1032                 :                :     /* Write out nondefault GUC settings for child processes to use */
                               1033                 :                :     write_nondefault_variables(PGC_POSTMASTER);
                               1034                 :                : 
                               1035                 :                :     /*
                               1036                 :                :      * Clean out the temp directory used to transmit parameters to child
                               1037                 :                :      * processes (see internal_forkexec).  We must do this before launching
                               1038                 :                :      * any child processes, else we have a race condition: we could remove a
                               1039                 :                :      * parameter file before the child can read it.  It should be safe to do
                               1040                 :                :      * so now, because we verified earlier that there are no conflicting
                               1041                 :                :      * Postgres processes in this data directory.
                               1042                 :                :      */
                               1043                 :                :     RemovePgTempFilesInDir(PG_TEMP_FILES_DIR, true, false);
                               1044                 :                : #endif
                               1045                 :                : 
                               1046                 :                :     /*
                               1047                 :                :      * Forcibly remove the files signaling a standby promotion request.
                               1048                 :                :      * Otherwise, the existence of those files triggers a promotion too early,
                               1049                 :                :      * whether a user wants that or not.
                               1050                 :                :      *
                               1051                 :                :      * This removal of files is usually unnecessary because they can exist
                               1052                 :                :      * only during a few moments during a standby promotion. However there is
                               1053                 :                :      * a race condition: if pg_ctl promote is executed and creates the files
                               1054                 :                :      * during a promotion, the files can stay around even after the server is
                               1055                 :                :      * brought up to be the primary.  Then, if a new standby starts by using
                               1056                 :                :      * the backup taken from the new primary, the files can exist at server
                               1057                 :                :      * startup and must be removed in order to avoid an unexpected promotion.
                               1058                 :                :      *
                               1059                 :                :      * Note that promotion signal files need to be removed before the startup
                               1060                 :                :      * process is invoked. Because, after that, they can be used by
                               1061                 :                :      * postmaster's SIGUSR1 signal handler.
                               1062                 :                :      */
                               1063                 :            806 :     RemovePromoteSignalFiles();
                               1064                 :                : 
                               1065                 :                :     /* Do the same for logrotate signal file */
                               1066                 :            806 :     RemoveLogrotateSignalFiles();
                               1067                 :                : 
                               1068                 :                :     /* Remove any outdated file holding the current log filenames. */
                               1069   [ +  -  -  + ]:            806 :     if (unlink(LOG_METAINFO_DATAFILE) < 0 && errno != ENOENT)
 2187 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1070         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         ereport(LOG,
                               1071                 :                :                 (errcode_for_file_access(),
                               1072                 :                :                  errmsg("could not remove file \"%s\": %m",
                               1073                 :                :                         LOG_METAINFO_DATAFILE)));
                               1074                 :                : 
                               1075                 :                :     /*
                               1076                 :                :      * If enabled, start up syslogger collection subprocess
                               1077                 :                :      */
  296 heikki.linnakangas@i     1078         [ +  + ]:CBC         806 :     if (Logging_collector)
                               1079                 :              1 :         StartSysLogger();
                               1080                 :                : 
                               1081                 :                :     /*
                               1082                 :                :      * Reset whereToSendOutput from DestDebug (its starting state) to
                               1083                 :                :      * DestNone. This stops ereport from sending log messages to stderr unless
                               1084                 :                :      * Log_destination permits.  We don't do this until the postmaster is
                               1085                 :                :      * fully launched, since startup failures may as well be reported to
                               1086                 :                :      * stderr.
                               1087                 :                :      *
                               1088                 :                :      * If we are in fact disabling logging to stderr, first emit a log message
                               1089                 :                :      * saying so, to provide a breadcrumb trail for users who may not remember
                               1090                 :                :      * that their logging is configured to go somewhere else.
                               1091                 :                :      */
 2187 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1092         [ -  + ]:            806 :     if (!(Log_destination & LOG_DESTINATION_STDERR))
 2187 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1093         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         ereport(LOG,
                               1094                 :                :                 (errmsg("ending log output to stderr"),
                               1095                 :                :                  errhint("Future log output will go to log destination \"%s\".",
                               1096                 :                :                          Log_destination_string)));
                               1097                 :                : 
 2187 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1098                 :CBC         806 :     whereToSendOutput = DestNone;
                               1099                 :                : 
                               1100                 :                :     /*
                               1101                 :                :      * Report server startup in log.  While we could emit this much earlier,
                               1102                 :                :      * it seems best to do so after starting the log collector, if we intend
                               1103                 :                :      * to use one.
                               1104                 :                :      */
 2411 peter@eisentraut.org     1105         [ +  - ]:            806 :     ereport(LOG,
                               1106                 :                :             (errmsg("starting %s", PG_VERSION_STR)));
                               1107                 :                : 
                               1108                 :                :     /*
                               1109                 :                :      * Establish input sockets.
                               1110                 :                :      *
                               1111                 :                :      * First set up an on_proc_exit function that's charged with closing the
                               1112                 :                :      * sockets again at postmaster shutdown.
                               1113                 :                :      */
  702 heikki.linnakangas@i     1114                 :            806 :     ListenSockets = palloc(MAXLISTEN * sizeof(pgsocket));
                               1115                 :            806 :     on_proc_exit(CloseServerPorts, 0);
                               1116                 :                : 
 7837 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1117         [ +  - ]:            806 :     if (ListenAddresses)
                               1118                 :                :     {
                               1119                 :                :         char       *rawstring;
                               1120                 :                :         List       *elemlist;
                               1121                 :                :         ListCell   *l;
 7373 peter_e@gmx.net          1122                 :            806 :         int         success = 0;
                               1123                 :                : 
                               1124                 :                :         /* Need a modifiable copy of ListenAddresses */
 7699 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1125                 :            806 :         rawstring = pstrdup(ListenAddresses);
                               1126                 :                : 
                               1127                 :                :         /* Parse string into list of hostnames */
 2124                          1128         [ -  + ]:            806 :         if (!SplitGUCList(rawstring, ',', &elemlist))
                               1129                 :                :         {
                               1130                 :                :             /* syntax error in list */
 7699 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1131         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :             ereport(FATAL,
                               1132                 :                :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
                               1133                 :                :                      errmsg("invalid list syntax in parameter \"%s\"",
                               1134                 :                :                             "listen_addresses")));
                               1135                 :                :         }
                               1136                 :                : 
 7699 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1137   [ +  +  +  +  :CBC         839 :         foreach(l, elemlist)
                                              +  + ]
                               1138                 :                :         {
 7678 bruce@momjian.us         1139                 :             33 :             char       *curhost = (char *) lfirst(l);
                               1140                 :                : 
 7772                          1141         [ -  + ]:             33 :             if (strcmp(curhost, "*") == 0)
  543 heikki.linnakangas@i     1142                 :UBC           0 :                 status = ListenServerPort(AF_UNSPEC, NULL,
 7837 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1143                 :              0 :                                           (unsigned short) PostPortNumber,
                               1144                 :                :                                           NULL,
                               1145                 :                :                                           ListenSockets,
                               1146                 :                :                                           &NumListenSockets,
                               1147                 :                :                                           MAXLISTEN);
                               1148                 :                :             else
  543 heikki.linnakangas@i     1149                 :CBC          33 :                 status = ListenServerPort(AF_UNSPEC, curhost,
 8081 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1150                 :             33 :                                           (unsigned short) PostPortNumber,
                               1151                 :                :                                           NULL,
                               1152                 :                :                                           ListenSockets,
                               1153                 :                :                                           &NumListenSockets,
                               1154                 :                :                                           MAXLISTEN);
                               1155                 :                : 
 7373 peter_e@gmx.net          1156         [ +  - ]:             33 :             if (status == STATUS_OK)
                               1157                 :                :             {
                               1158                 :             33 :                 success++;
                               1159                 :                :                 /* record the first successful host addr in lockfile */
 5350 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1160         [ +  - ]:             33 :                 if (!listen_addr_saved)
                               1161                 :                :                 {
                               1162                 :             33 :                     AddToDataDirLockFile(LOCK_FILE_LINE_LISTEN_ADDR, curhost);
                               1163                 :             33 :                     listen_addr_saved = true;
                               1164                 :                :                 }
                               1165                 :                :             }
                               1166                 :                :             else
 7837 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1167         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :                 ereport(WARNING,
                               1168                 :                :                         (errmsg("could not create listen socket for \"%s\"",
                               1169                 :                :                                 curhost)));
                               1170                 :                :         }
                               1171                 :                : 
 4775 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1172   [ +  +  -  + ]:CBC         806 :         if (!success && elemlist != NIL)
 7373 peter_e@gmx.net          1173         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :             ereport(FATAL,
                               1174                 :                :                     (errmsg("could not create any TCP/IP sockets")));
                               1175                 :                : 
 7699 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1176                 :CBC         806 :         list_free(elemlist);
                               1177                 :            806 :         pfree(rawstring);
                               1178                 :                :     }
                               1179                 :                : 
                               1180                 :                : #ifdef USE_BONJOUR
                               1181                 :                :     /* Register for Bonjour only if we opened TCP socket(s) */
                               1182                 :                :     if (enable_bonjour && NumListenSockets > 0)
                               1183                 :                :     {
                               1184                 :                :         DNSServiceErrorType err;
                               1185                 :                : 
                               1186                 :                :         /*
                               1187                 :                :          * We pass 0 for interface_index, which will result in registering on
                               1188                 :                :          * all "applicable" interfaces.  It's not entirely clear from the
                               1189                 :                :          * DNS-SD docs whether this would be appropriate if we have bound to
                               1190                 :                :          * just a subset of the available network interfaces.
                               1191                 :                :          */
                               1192                 :                :         err = DNSServiceRegister(&bonjour_sdref,
                               1193                 :                :                                  0,
                               1194                 :                :                                  0,
                               1195                 :                :                                  bonjour_name,
                               1196                 :                :                                  "_postgresql._tcp.",
                               1197                 :                :                                  NULL,
                               1198                 :                :                                  NULL,
                               1199                 :                :                                  pg_hton16(PostPortNumber),
                               1200                 :                :                                  0,
                               1201                 :                :                                  NULL,
                               1202                 :                :                                  NULL,
                               1203                 :                :                                  NULL);
                               1204                 :                :         if (err != kDNSServiceErr_NoError)
                               1205                 :                :             ereport(LOG,
                               1206                 :                :                     (errmsg("DNSServiceRegister() failed: error code %ld",
                               1207                 :                :                             (long) err)));
                               1208                 :                : 
                               1209                 :                :         /*
                               1210                 :                :          * We don't bother to read the mDNS daemon's reply, and we expect that
                               1211                 :                :          * it will automatically terminate our registration when the socket is
                               1212                 :                :          * closed at postmaster termination.  So there's nothing more to be
                               1213                 :                :          * done here.  However, the bonjour_sdref is kept around so that
                               1214                 :                :          * forked children can close their copies of the socket.
                               1215                 :                :          */
                               1216                 :                :     }
                               1217                 :                : #endif
                               1218                 :                : 
 4775                          1219         [ +  - ]:            806 :     if (Unix_socket_directories)
                               1220                 :                :     {
                               1221                 :                :         char       *rawstring;
                               1222                 :                :         List       *elemlist;
                               1223                 :                :         ListCell   *l;
                               1224                 :            806 :         int         success = 0;
                               1225                 :                : 
                               1226                 :                :         /* Need a modifiable copy of Unix_socket_directories */
                               1227                 :            806 :         rawstring = pstrdup(Unix_socket_directories);
                               1228                 :                : 
                               1229                 :                :         /* Parse string into list of directories */
                               1230         [ -  + ]:            806 :         if (!SplitDirectoriesString(rawstring, ',', &elemlist))
                               1231                 :                :         {
                               1232                 :                :             /* syntax error in list */
 4775 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1233         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :             ereport(FATAL,
                               1234                 :                :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
                               1235                 :                :                      errmsg("invalid list syntax in parameter \"%s\"",
                               1236                 :                :                             "unix_socket_directories")));
                               1237                 :                :         }
                               1238                 :                : 
 4775 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1239   [ +  -  +  +  :CBC        1612 :         foreach(l, elemlist)
                                              +  + ]
                               1240                 :                :         {
                               1241                 :            806 :             char       *socketdir = (char *) lfirst(l);
                               1242                 :                : 
  543 heikki.linnakangas@i     1243                 :            806 :             status = ListenServerPort(AF_UNIX, NULL,
 4775 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1244                 :            806 :                                       (unsigned short) PostPortNumber,
                               1245                 :                :                                       socketdir,
                               1246                 :                :                                       ListenSockets,
                               1247                 :                :                                       &NumListenSockets,
                               1248                 :                :                                       MAXLISTEN);
                               1249                 :                : 
                               1250         [ +  - ]:            806 :             if (status == STATUS_OK)
                               1251                 :                :             {
                               1252                 :            806 :                 success++;
                               1253                 :                :                 /* record the first successful Unix socket in lockfile */
                               1254         [ +  - ]:            806 :                 if (success == 1)
                               1255                 :            806 :                     AddToDataDirLockFile(LOCK_FILE_LINE_SOCKET_DIR, socketdir);
                               1256                 :                :             }
                               1257                 :                :             else
 4775 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1258         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :                 ereport(WARNING,
                               1259                 :                :                         (errmsg("could not create Unix-domain socket in directory \"%s\"",
                               1260                 :                :                                 socketdir)));
                               1261                 :                :         }
                               1262                 :                : 
 4775 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1263   [ -  +  -  - ]:CBC         806 :         if (!success && elemlist != NIL)
 4775 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1264         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :             ereport(FATAL,
                               1265                 :                :                     (errmsg("could not create any Unix-domain sockets")));
                               1266                 :                : 
 4775 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1267                 :CBC         806 :         list_free_deep(elemlist);
                               1268                 :            806 :         pfree(rawstring);
                               1269                 :                :     }
                               1270                 :                : 
                               1271                 :                :     /*
                               1272                 :                :      * check that we have some socket to listen on
                               1273                 :                :      */
  702 heikki.linnakangas@i     1274         [ -  + ]:            806 :     if (NumListenSockets == 0)
 7837 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1275         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         ereport(FATAL,
                               1276                 :                :                 (errmsg("no socket created for listening")));
                               1277                 :                : 
                               1278                 :                :     /*
                               1279                 :                :      * If no valid TCP ports, write an empty line for listen address,
                               1280                 :                :      * indicating the Unix socket must be used.  Note that this line is not
                               1281                 :                :      * added to the lock file until there is a socket backing it.
                               1282                 :                :      */
 5350 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1283         [ +  + ]:CBC         806 :     if (!listen_addr_saved)
                               1284                 :            773 :         AddToDataDirLockFile(LOCK_FILE_LINE_LISTEN_ADDR, "");
                               1285                 :                : 
                               1286                 :                :     /*
                               1287                 :                :      * Record postmaster options.  We delay this till now to avoid recording
                               1288                 :                :      * bogus options (eg, unusable port number).
                               1289                 :                :      */
 7786 bruce@momjian.us         1290         [ -  + ]:            806 :     if (!CreateOptsFile(argc, argv, my_exec_path))
 9047 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1291                 :UBC           0 :         ExitPostmaster(1);
                               1292                 :                : 
                               1293                 :                :     /*
                               1294                 :                :      * Write the external PID file if requested
                               1295                 :                :      */
 7637 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1296         [ -  + ]:CBC         806 :     if (external_pid_file)
                               1297                 :                :     {
 7637 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1298                 :UBC           0 :         FILE       *fpidfile = fopen(external_pid_file, "w");
                               1299                 :                : 
 7638                          1300         [ #  # ]:              0 :         if (fpidfile)
                               1301                 :                :         {
                               1302                 :              0 :             fprintf(fpidfile, "%d\n", MyProcPid);
                               1303                 :              0 :             fclose(fpidfile);
                               1304                 :                : 
                               1305                 :                :             /* Make PID file world readable */
 5193 peter_e@gmx.net          1306         [ #  # ]:              0 :             if (chmod(external_pid_file, S_IRUSR | S_IWUSR | S_IRGRP | S_IROTH) != 0)
  543 michael@paquier.xyz      1307                 :              0 :                 write_stderr("%s: could not change permissions of external PID file \"%s\": %m\n",
                               1308                 :                :                              progname, external_pid_file);
                               1309                 :                :         }
                               1310                 :                :         else
                               1311                 :              0 :             write_stderr("%s: could not write external PID file \"%s\": %m\n",
                               1312                 :                :                          progname, external_pid_file);
                               1313                 :                : 
 4765 peter_e@gmx.net          1314                 :              0 :         on_proc_exit(unlink_external_pid_file, 0);
                               1315                 :                :     }
                               1316                 :                : 
                               1317                 :                :     /*
                               1318                 :                :      * Remove old temporary files.  At this point there can be no other
                               1319                 :                :      * Postgres processes running in this directory, so this should be safe.
                               1320                 :                :      */
 3889 andres@anarazel.de       1321                 :CBC         806 :     RemovePgTempFiles();
                               1322                 :                : 
                               1323                 :                :     /*
                               1324                 :                :      * Initialize the autovacuum subsystem (again, no process start yet)
                               1325                 :                :      */
 6983 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1326                 :            806 :     autovac_init();
                               1327                 :                : 
                               1328                 :                :     /*
                               1329                 :                :      * Load configuration files for client authentication.
                               1330                 :                :      */
 5857                          1331         [ +  + ]:            806 :     if (!load_hba())
                               1332                 :                :     {
                               1333                 :                :         /*
                               1334                 :                :          * It makes no sense to continue if we fail to load the HBA file,
                               1335                 :                :          * since there is no way to connect to the database in this case.
                               1336                 :                :          */
                               1337         [ +  - ]:              1 :         ereport(FATAL,
                               1338                 :                :         /* translator: %s is a configuration file */
                               1339                 :                :                 (errmsg("could not load %s", HbaFileName)));
                               1340                 :                :     }
 4733 heikki.linnakangas@i     1341                 :            805 :     if (!load_ident())
                               1342                 :                :     {
                               1343                 :                :         /*
                               1344                 :                :          * We can start up without the IDENT file, although it means that you
                               1345                 :                :          * cannot log in using any of the authentication methods that need a
                               1346                 :                :          * user name mapping. load_ident() already logged the details of error
                               1347                 :                :          * to the log.
                               1348                 :                :          */
                               1349                 :                :     }
                               1350                 :                : 
                               1351                 :                : #ifdef HAVE_PTHREAD_IS_THREADED_NP
                               1352                 :                : 
                               1353                 :                :     /*
                               1354                 :                :      * On macOS, libintl replaces setlocale() with a version that calls
                               1355                 :                :      * CFLocaleCopyCurrent() when its second argument is "" and every relevant
                               1356                 :                :      * environment variable is unset or empty.  CFLocaleCopyCurrent() makes
                               1357                 :                :      * the process multithreaded.  The postmaster calls sigprocmask() and
                               1358                 :                :      * calls fork() without an immediate exec(), both of which have undefined
                               1359                 :                :      * behavior in a multithreaded program.  A multithreaded postmaster is the
                               1360                 :                :      * normal case on Windows, which offers neither fork() nor sigprocmask().
                               1361                 :                :      * Currently, macOS is the only platform having pthread_is_threaded_np(),
                               1362                 :                :      * so we need not worry whether this HINT is appropriate elsewhere.
                               1363                 :                :      */
                               1364                 :                :     if (pthread_is_threaded_np() != 0)
                               1365                 :                :         ereport(FATAL,
                               1366                 :                :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
                               1367                 :                :                  errmsg("postmaster became multithreaded during startup"),
                               1368                 :                :                  errhint("Set the LC_ALL environment variable to a valid locale.")));
                               1369                 :                : #endif
                               1370                 :                : 
                               1371                 :                :     /*
                               1372                 :                :      * Remember postmaster startup time
                               1373                 :                :      */
 7374 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1374                 :            805 :     PgStartTime = GetCurrentTimestamp();
                               1375                 :                : 
                               1376                 :                :     /*
                               1377                 :                :      * Report postmaster status in the postmaster.pid file, to allow pg_ctl to
                               1378                 :                :      * see what's happening.
                               1379                 :                :      */
 2992                          1380                 :            805 :     AddToDataDirLockFile(LOCK_FILE_LINE_PM_STATUS, PM_STATUS_STARTING);
                               1381                 :                : 
  172 andres@anarazel.de       1382                 :            805 :     UpdatePMState(PM_STARTUP);
                               1383                 :                : 
                               1384                 :                :     /* Make sure we can perform I/O while starting up. */
                               1385                 :            805 :     maybe_adjust_io_workers();
                               1386                 :                : 
                               1387                 :                :     /* Start bgwriter and checkpointer so they can help with recovery */
  296 heikki.linnakangas@i     1388         [ +  - ]:            805 :     if (CheckpointerPMChild == NULL)
                               1389                 :            805 :         CheckpointerPMChild = StartChildProcess(B_CHECKPOINTER);
                               1390         [ +  - ]:            805 :     if (BgWriterPMChild == NULL)
                               1391                 :            805 :         BgWriterPMChild = StartChildProcess(B_BG_WRITER);
                               1392                 :                : 
                               1393                 :                :     /*
                               1394                 :                :      * We're ready to rock and roll...
                               1395                 :                :      */
                               1396                 :            805 :     StartupPMChild = StartChildProcess(B_STARTUP);
                               1397         [ -  + ]:            805 :     Assert(StartupPMChild != NULL);
 3712 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1398                 :            805 :     StartupStatus = STARTUP_RUNNING;
                               1399                 :                : 
                               1400                 :                :     /* Some workers may be scheduled to start now */
 3055                          1401                 :            805 :     maybe_start_bgworkers();
                               1402                 :                : 
10226 bruce@momjian.us         1403                 :            805 :     status = ServerLoop();
                               1404                 :                : 
                               1405                 :                :     /*
                               1406                 :                :      * ServerLoop probably shouldn't ever return, but if it does, close down.
                               1407                 :                :      */
10226 bruce@momjian.us         1408                 :UBC           0 :     ExitPostmaster(status != STATUS_OK);
                               1409                 :                : 
                               1410                 :                :     abort();                    /* not reached */
                               1411                 :                : }
                               1412                 :                : 
                               1413                 :                : 
                               1414                 :                : /*
                               1415                 :                :  * on_proc_exit callback to close server's listen sockets
                               1416                 :                :  */
                               1417                 :                : static void
 3688 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1418                 :CBC         806 : CloseServerPorts(int status, Datum arg)
                               1419                 :                : {
                               1420                 :                :     int         i;
                               1421                 :                : 
                               1422                 :                :     /*
                               1423                 :                :      * First, explicitly close all the socket FDs.  We used to just let this
                               1424                 :                :      * happen implicitly at postmaster exit, but it's better to close them
                               1425                 :                :      * before we remove the postmaster.pid lockfile; otherwise there's a race
                               1426                 :                :      * condition if a new postmaster wants to re-use the TCP port number.
                               1427                 :                :      */
  702 heikki.linnakangas@i     1428         [ +  + ]:           1645 :     for (i = 0; i < NumListenSockets; i++)
                               1429                 :                :     {
  543                          1430         [ -  + ]:            839 :         if (closesocket(ListenSockets[i]) != 0)
  543 heikki.linnakangas@i     1431         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :             elog(LOG, "could not close listen socket: %m");
                               1432                 :                :     }
  702 heikki.linnakangas@i     1433                 :CBC         806 :     NumListenSockets = 0;
                               1434                 :                : 
                               1435                 :                :     /*
                               1436                 :                :      * Next, remove any filesystem entries for Unix sockets.  To avoid race
                               1437                 :                :      * conditions against incoming postmasters, this must happen after closing
                               1438                 :                :      * the sockets and before removing lock files.
                               1439                 :                :      */
 3688 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1440                 :            806 :     RemoveSocketFiles();
                               1441                 :                : 
                               1442                 :                :     /*
                               1443                 :                :      * We don't do anything about socket lock files here; those will be
                               1444                 :                :      * removed in a later on_proc_exit callback.
                               1445                 :                :      */
                               1446                 :            806 : }
                               1447                 :                : 
                               1448                 :                : /*
                               1449                 :                :  * on_proc_exit callback to delete external_pid_file
                               1450                 :                :  */
                               1451                 :                : static void
 4765 peter_e@gmx.net          1452                 :UBC           0 : unlink_external_pid_file(int status, Datum arg)
                               1453                 :                : {
                               1454         [ #  # ]:              0 :     if (external_pid_file)
                               1455                 :              0 :         unlink(external_pid_file);
                               1456                 :              0 : }
                               1457                 :                : 
                               1458                 :                : 
                               1459                 :                : /*
                               1460                 :                :  * Compute and check the directory paths to files that are part of the
                               1461                 :                :  * installation (as deduced from the postgres executable's own location)
                               1462                 :                :  */
                               1463                 :                : static void
 5971 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1464                 :CBC         821 : getInstallationPaths(const char *argv0)
                               1465                 :                : {
                               1466                 :                :     DIR        *pdir;
                               1467                 :                : 
                               1468                 :                :     /* Locate the postgres executable itself */
                               1469         [ -  + ]:            821 :     if (find_my_exec(argv0, my_exec_path) < 0)
 1737 peter@eisentraut.org     1470         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         ereport(FATAL,
                               1471                 :                :                 (errmsg("%s: could not locate my own executable path", argv0)));
                               1472                 :                : 
                               1473                 :                : #ifdef EXEC_BACKEND
                               1474                 :                :     /* Locate executable backend before we change working directory */
                               1475                 :                :     if (find_other_exec(argv0, "postgres", PG_BACKEND_VERSIONSTR,
                               1476                 :                :                         postgres_exec_path) < 0)
                               1477                 :                :         ereport(FATAL,
                               1478                 :                :                 (errmsg("%s: could not locate matching postgres executable",
                               1479                 :                :                         argv0)));
                               1480                 :                : #endif
                               1481                 :                : 
                               1482                 :                :     /*
                               1483                 :                :      * Locate the pkglib directory --- this has to be set early in case we try
                               1484                 :                :      * to load any modules from it in response to postgresql.conf entries.
                               1485                 :                :      */
 5971 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1486                 :CBC         821 :     get_pkglib_path(my_exec_path, pkglib_path);
                               1487                 :                : 
                               1488                 :                :     /*
                               1489                 :                :      * Verify that there's a readable directory there; otherwise the Postgres
                               1490                 :                :      * installation is incomplete or corrupt.  (A typical cause of this
                               1491                 :                :      * failure is that the postgres executable has been moved or hardlinked to
                               1492                 :                :      * some directory that's not a sibling of the installation lib/
                               1493                 :                :      * directory.)
                               1494                 :                :      */
                               1495                 :            821 :     pdir = AllocateDir(pkglib_path);
                               1496         [ -  + ]:            821 :     if (pdir == NULL)
 5971 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1497         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
                               1498                 :                :                 (errcode_for_file_access(),
                               1499                 :                :                  errmsg("could not open directory \"%s\": %m",
                               1500                 :                :                         pkglib_path),
                               1501                 :                :                  errhint("This may indicate an incomplete PostgreSQL installation, or that the file \"%s\" has been moved away from its proper location.",
                               1502                 :                :                          my_exec_path)));
 5971 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1503                 :CBC         821 :     FreeDir(pdir);
                               1504                 :                : 
                               1505                 :                :     /*
                               1506                 :                :      * It's not worth checking the share/ directory.  If the lib/ directory is
                               1507                 :                :      * there, then share/ probably is too.
                               1508                 :                :      */
                               1509                 :            821 : }
                               1510                 :                : 
                               1511                 :                : /*
                               1512                 :                :  * Check that pg_control exists in the correct location in the data directory.
                               1513                 :                :  *
                               1514                 :                :  * No attempt is made to validate the contents of pg_control here.  This is
                               1515                 :                :  * just a sanity check to see if we are looking at a real data directory.
                               1516                 :                :  */
                               1517                 :                : static void
 2709 sfrost@snowman.net       1518                 :            814 : checkControlFile(void)
                               1519                 :                : {
                               1520                 :                :     char        path[MAXPGPATH];
                               1521                 :                :     FILE       *fp;
                               1522                 :                : 
  152 fujii@postgresql.org     1523                 :            814 :     snprintf(path, sizeof(path), "%s/%s", DataDir, XLOG_CONTROL_FILE);
                               1524                 :                : 
 7771 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1525                 :            814 :     fp = AllocateFile(path, PG_BINARY_R);
                               1526         [ -  + ]:            814 :     if (fp == NULL)
                               1527                 :                :     {
 7717 bruce@momjian.us         1528                 :UBC           0 :         write_stderr("%s: could not find the database system\n"
                               1529                 :                :                      "Expected to find it in the directory \"%s\",\n"
                               1530                 :                :                      "but could not open file \"%s\": %m\n",
                               1531                 :                :                      progname, DataDir, path);
 7771 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1532                 :              0 :         ExitPostmaster(2);
                               1533                 :                :     }
 7771 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1534                 :CBC         814 :     FreeFile(fp);
                               1535                 :            814 : }
                               1536                 :                : 
                               1537                 :                : /*
                               1538                 :                :  * Determine how long should we let ServerLoop sleep, in milliseconds.
                               1539                 :                :  *
                               1540                 :                :  * In normal conditions we wait at most one minute, to ensure that the other
                               1541                 :                :  * background tasks handled by ServerLoop get done even when no requests are
                               1542                 :                :  * arriving.  However, if there are background workers waiting to be started,
                               1543                 :                :  * we don't actually sleep so that they are quickly serviced.  Other exception
                               1544                 :                :  * cases are as shown in the code.
                               1545                 :                :  */
                               1546                 :                : static int
  968 tmunro@postgresql.or     1547                 :          36871 : DetermineSleepTime(void)
                               1548                 :                : {
 4657 alvherre@alvh.no-ip.     1549                 :          36871 :     TimestampTz next_wakeup = 0;
                               1550                 :                : 
                               1551                 :                :     /*
                               1552                 :                :      * Normal case: either there are no background workers at all, or we're in
                               1553                 :                :      * a shutdown sequence (during which we ignore bgworkers altogether).
                               1554                 :                :      */
                               1555         [ +  + ]:          36871 :     if (Shutdown > NoShutdown ||
                               1556   [ +  -  +  - ]:          30640 :         (!StartWorkerNeeded && !HaveCrashedWorker))
                               1557                 :                :     {
 3732 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1558         [ +  + ]:          36871 :         if (AbortStartTime != 0)
                               1559                 :                :         {
                               1560                 :                :             int         seconds;
                               1561                 :                : 
                               1562                 :                :             /* time left to abort; clamp to 0 in case it already expired */
  968 tmunro@postgresql.or     1563                 :           1431 :             seconds = SIGKILL_CHILDREN_AFTER_SECS -
 3732 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1564                 :           1431 :                 (time(NULL) - AbortStartTime);
                               1565                 :                : 
  968 tmunro@postgresql.or     1566                 :           1431 :             return Max(seconds * 1000, 0);
                               1567                 :                :         }
                               1568                 :                :         else
                               1569                 :          35440 :             return 60 * 1000;
                               1570                 :                :     }
                               1571                 :                : 
 4657 alvherre@alvh.no-ip.     1572         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :     if (StartWorkerNeeded)
  968 tmunro@postgresql.or     1573                 :              0 :         return 0;
                               1574                 :                : 
 4657 alvherre@alvh.no-ip.     1575         [ #  # ]:              0 :     if (HaveCrashedWorker)
                               1576                 :                :     {
                               1577                 :                :         dlist_mutable_iter iter;
                               1578                 :                : 
                               1579                 :                :         /*
                               1580                 :                :          * When there are crashed bgworkers, we sleep just long enough that
                               1581                 :                :          * they are restarted when they request to be.  Scan the list to
                               1582                 :                :          * determine the minimum of all wakeup times according to most recent
                               1583                 :                :          * crash time and requested restart interval.
                               1584                 :                :          */
  393 heikki.linnakangas@i     1585   [ #  #  #  # ]:              0 :         dlist_foreach_modify(iter, &BackgroundWorkerList)
                               1586                 :                :         {
                               1587                 :                :             RegisteredBgWorker *rw;
                               1588                 :                :             TimestampTz this_wakeup;
                               1589                 :                : 
                               1590                 :              0 :             rw = dlist_container(RegisteredBgWorker, rw_lnode, iter.cur);
                               1591                 :                : 
 4657 alvherre@alvh.no-ip.     1592         [ #  # ]:              0 :             if (rw->rw_crashed_at == 0)
                               1593                 :              0 :                 continue;
                               1594                 :                : 
 4341 rhaas@postgresql.org     1595         [ #  # ]:              0 :             if (rw->rw_worker.bgw_restart_time == BGW_NEVER_RESTART
                               1596         [ #  # ]:              0 :                 || rw->rw_terminate)
                               1597                 :                :             {
  393 heikki.linnakangas@i     1598                 :              0 :                 ForgetBackgroundWorker(rw);
 4657 alvherre@alvh.no-ip.     1599                 :              0 :                 continue;
                               1600                 :                :             }
                               1601                 :                : 
                               1602                 :              0 :             this_wakeup = TimestampTzPlusMilliseconds(rw->rw_crashed_at,
                               1603                 :                :                                                       1000L * rw->rw_worker.bgw_restart_time);
                               1604   [ #  #  #  # ]:              0 :             if (next_wakeup == 0 || this_wakeup < next_wakeup)
                               1605                 :              0 :                 next_wakeup = this_wakeup;
                               1606                 :                :         }
                               1607                 :                :     }
                               1608                 :                : 
                               1609         [ #  # ]:              0 :     if (next_wakeup != 0)
                               1610                 :                :     {
                               1611                 :                :         int         ms;
                               1612                 :                : 
                               1613                 :                :         /* result of TimestampDifferenceMilliseconds is in [0, INT_MAX] */
  954 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1614                 :              0 :         ms = (int) TimestampDifferenceMilliseconds(GetCurrentTimestamp(),
                               1615                 :                :                                                    next_wakeup);
                               1616                 :              0 :         return Min(60 * 1000, ms);
                               1617                 :                :     }
                               1618                 :                : 
  968 tmunro@postgresql.or     1619                 :              0 :     return 60 * 1000;
                               1620                 :                : }
                               1621                 :                : 
                               1622                 :                : /*
                               1623                 :                :  * Activate or deactivate notifications of server socket events.  Since we
                               1624                 :                :  * don't currently have a way to remove events from an existing WaitEventSet,
                               1625                 :                :  * we'll just destroy and recreate the whole thing.  This is called during
                               1626                 :                :  * shutdown so we can wait for backends to exit without accepting new
                               1627                 :                :  * connections, and during crash reinitialization when we need to start
                               1628                 :                :  * listening for new connections again.  The WaitEventSet will be freed in fork
                               1629                 :                :  * children by ClosePostmasterPorts().
                               1630                 :                :  */
                               1631                 :                : static void
  968 tmunro@postgresql.or     1632                 :CBC        1618 : ConfigurePostmasterWaitSet(bool accept_connections)
                               1633                 :                : {
                               1634         [ +  + ]:           1618 :     if (pm_wait_set)
                               1635                 :            813 :         FreeWaitEventSet(pm_wait_set);
                               1636                 :           1618 :     pm_wait_set = NULL;
                               1637                 :                : 
  653 heikki.linnakangas@i     1638         [ +  + ]:           2427 :     pm_wait_set = CreateWaitEventSet(NULL,
  702                          1639                 :            809 :                                      accept_connections ? (1 + NumListenSockets) : 1);
  968 tmunro@postgresql.or     1640                 :           1618 :     AddWaitEventToSet(pm_wait_set, WL_LATCH_SET, PGINVALID_SOCKET, MyLatch,
                               1641                 :                :                       NULL);
                               1642                 :                : 
                               1643         [ +  + ]:           1618 :     if (accept_connections)
                               1644                 :                :     {
  702 heikki.linnakangas@i     1645         [ +  + ]:           1651 :         for (int i = 0; i < NumListenSockets; i++)
                               1646                 :            842 :             AddWaitEventToSet(pm_wait_set, WL_SOCKET_ACCEPT, ListenSockets[i],
                               1647                 :                :                               NULL, NULL);
                               1648                 :                :     }
  968 tmunro@postgresql.or     1649                 :           1618 : }
                               1650                 :                : 
                               1651                 :                : /*
                               1652                 :                :  * Main idle loop of postmaster
                               1653                 :                :  */
                               1654                 :                : static int
10564 scrappy@hub.org          1655                 :            805 : ServerLoop(void)
                               1656                 :                : {
                               1657                 :                :     time_t      last_lockfile_recheck_time,
                               1658                 :                :                 last_touch_time;
                               1659                 :                :     WaitEvent   events[MAXLISTEN];
                               1660                 :                :     int         nevents;
                               1661                 :                : 
  968 tmunro@postgresql.or     1662                 :            805 :     ConfigurePostmasterWaitSet(true);
 3623 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1663                 :            805 :     last_lockfile_recheck_time = last_touch_time = time(NULL);
                               1664                 :                : 
                               1665                 :                :     for (;;)
10226 bruce@momjian.us         1666                 :          36066 :     {
                               1667                 :                :         time_t      now;
                               1668                 :                : 
  968 tmunro@postgresql.or     1669                 :          36871 :         nevents = WaitEventSetWait(pm_wait_set,
                               1670                 :          36871 :                                    DetermineSleepTime(),
                               1671                 :                :                                    events,
                               1672                 :                :                                    lengthof(events),
                               1673                 :                :                                    0 /* postmaster posts no wait_events */ );
                               1674                 :                : 
                               1675                 :                :         /*
                               1676                 :                :          * Latch set by signal handler, or new connection pending on any of
                               1677                 :                :          * our sockets? If the latter, fork a child process to deal with it.
                               1678                 :                :          */
                               1679         [ +  + ]:          72941 :         for (int i = 0; i < nevents; i++)
                               1680                 :                :         {
                               1681         [ +  + ]:          36875 :             if (events[i].events & WL_LATCH_SET)
                               1682                 :          24261 :                 ResetLatch(MyLatch);
                               1683                 :                : 
                               1684                 :                :             /*
                               1685                 :                :              * The following requests are handled unconditionally, even if we
                               1686                 :                :              * didn't see WL_LATCH_SET.  This gives high priority to shutdown
                               1687                 :                :              * and reload requests where the latch happens to appear later in
                               1688                 :                :              * events[] or will be reported by a later call to
                               1689                 :                :              * WaitEventSetWait().
                               1690                 :                :              */
  955                          1691         [ +  + ]:          36875 :             if (pending_pm_shutdown_request)
                               1692                 :            802 :                 process_pm_shutdown_request();
                               1693         [ +  + ]:          36875 :             if (pending_pm_reload_request)
                               1694                 :            135 :                 process_pm_reload_request();
                               1695         [ +  + ]:          36875 :             if (pending_pm_child_exit)
                               1696                 :          19892 :                 process_pm_child_exit();
                               1697         [ +  + ]:          36070 :             if (pending_pm_pmsignal)
                               1698                 :           3496 :                 process_pm_pmsignal();
                               1699                 :                : 
                               1700         [ +  + ]:          36070 :             if (events[i].events & WL_SOCKET_ACCEPT)
                               1701                 :                :             {
                               1702                 :                :                 ClientSocket s;
                               1703                 :                : 
  543 heikki.linnakangas@i     1704         [ +  - ]:          12614 :                 if (AcceptConnection(events[i].fd, &s) == STATUS_OK)
                               1705                 :          12614 :                     BackendStartup(&s);
                               1706                 :                : 
                               1707                 :                :                 /* We no longer need the open socket in this process */
                               1708         [ +  - ]:          12614 :                 if (s.sock != PGINVALID_SOCKET)
                               1709                 :                :                 {
                               1710         [ -  + ]:          12614 :                     if (closesocket(s.sock) != 0)
  543 heikki.linnakangas@i     1711         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :                         elog(LOG, "could not close client socket: %m");
                               1712                 :                :                 }
                               1713                 :                :             }
                               1714                 :                :         }
                               1715                 :                : 
                               1716                 :                :         /*
                               1717                 :                :          * If we need to launch any background processes after changing state
                               1718                 :                :          * or because some exited, do so now.
                               1719                 :                :          */
  390 heikki.linnakangas@i     1720                 :CBC       36066 :         LaunchMissingBackgroundProcesses();
                               1721                 :                : 
                               1722                 :                :         /* If we need to signal the autovacuum launcher, do so now */
 5857 alvherre@alvh.no-ip.     1723         [ -  + ]:          36066 :         if (avlauncher_needs_signal)
                               1724                 :                :         {
 5857 alvherre@alvh.no-ip.     1725                 :UBC           0 :             avlauncher_needs_signal = false;
  296 heikki.linnakangas@i     1726         [ #  # ]:              0 :             if (AutoVacLauncherPMChild != NULL)
  239 andres@anarazel.de       1727                 :              0 :                 signal_child(AutoVacLauncherPMChild, SIGUSR2);
                               1728                 :                :         }
                               1729                 :                : 
                               1730                 :                : #ifdef HAVE_PTHREAD_IS_THREADED_NP
                               1731                 :                : 
                               1732                 :                :         /*
                               1733                 :                :          * With assertions enabled, check regularly for appearance of
                               1734                 :                :          * additional threads.  All builds check at start and exit.
                               1735                 :                :          */
                               1736                 :                :         Assert(pthread_is_threaded_np() == 0);
                               1737                 :                : #endif
                               1738                 :                : 
                               1739                 :                :         /*
                               1740                 :                :          * Lastly, check to see if it's time to do some things that we don't
                               1741                 :                :          * want to do every single time through the loop, because they're a
                               1742                 :                :          * bit expensive.  Note that there's up to a minute of slop in when
                               1743                 :                :          * these tasks will be performed, since DetermineSleepTime() will let
                               1744                 :                :          * us sleep at most that long; except for SIGKILL timeout which has
                               1745                 :                :          * special-case logic there.
                               1746                 :                :          */
 3620 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1747                 :CBC       36066 :         now = time(NULL);
                               1748                 :                : 
                               1749                 :                :         /*
                               1750                 :                :          * If we already sent SIGQUIT to children and they are slow to shut
                               1751                 :                :          * down, it's time to send them SIGKILL (or SIGABRT if requested).
                               1752                 :                :          * This doesn't happen normally, but under certain conditions backends
                               1753                 :                :          * can get stuck while shutting down.  This is a last measure to get
                               1754                 :                :          * them unwedged.
                               1755                 :                :          *
                               1756                 :                :          * Note we also do this during recovery from a process crash.
                               1757                 :                :          */
 1020                          1758   [ +  +  +  + ]:          36066 :         if ((Shutdown >= ImmediateShutdown || FatalError) &&
 3732                          1759         [ +  + ]:           1437 :             AbortStartTime != 0 &&
                               1760         [ -  + ]:           1431 :             (now - AbortStartTime) >= SIGKILL_CHILDREN_AFTER_SECS)
                               1761                 :                :         {
                               1762                 :                :             /* We were gentle with them before. Not anymore */
 1821 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1763   [ #  #  #  # ]:UBC           0 :             ereport(LOG,
                               1764                 :                :             /* translator: %s is SIGKILL or SIGABRT */
                               1765                 :                :                     (errmsg("issuing %s to recalcitrant children",
                               1766                 :                :                             send_abort_for_kill ? "SIGABRT" : "SIGKILL")));
 1020                          1767         [ #  # ]:              0 :             TerminateChildren(send_abort_for_kill ? SIGABRT : SIGKILL);
                               1768                 :                :             /* reset flag so we don't SIGKILL again */
 4354 alvherre@alvh.no-ip.     1769                 :              0 :             AbortStartTime = 0;
                               1770                 :                :         }
                               1771                 :                : 
                               1772                 :                :         /*
                               1773                 :                :          * Once a minute, verify that postmaster.pid hasn't been removed or
                               1774                 :                :          * overwritten.  If it has, we force a shutdown.  This avoids having
                               1775                 :                :          * postmasters and child processes hanging around after their database
                               1776                 :                :          * is gone, and maybe causing problems if a new database cluster is
                               1777                 :                :          * created in the same place.  It also provides some protection
                               1778                 :                :          * against a DBA foolishly removing postmaster.pid and manually
                               1779                 :                :          * starting a new postmaster.  Data corruption is likely to ensue from
                               1780                 :                :          * that anyway, but we can minimize the damage by aborting ASAP.
                               1781                 :                :          */
 3623 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1782         [ +  + ]:CBC       36066 :         if (now - last_lockfile_recheck_time >= 1 * SECS_PER_MINUTE)
                               1783                 :                :         {
                               1784         [ -  + ]:             12 :             if (!RecheckDataDirLockFile())
                               1785                 :                :             {
 3623 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1786         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :                 ereport(LOG,
                               1787                 :                :                         (errmsg("performing immediate shutdown because data directory lock file is invalid")));
                               1788                 :              0 :                 kill(MyProcPid, SIGQUIT);
                               1789                 :                :             }
 3623 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1790                 :CBC          12 :             last_lockfile_recheck_time = now;
                               1791                 :                :         }
                               1792                 :                : 
                               1793                 :                :         /*
                               1794                 :                :          * Touch Unix socket and lock files every 58 minutes, to ensure that
                               1795                 :                :          * they are not removed by overzealous /tmp-cleaning tasks.  We assume
                               1796                 :                :          * no one runs cleaners with cutoff times of less than an hour ...
                               1797                 :                :          */
                               1798         [ -  + ]:          36066 :         if (now - last_touch_time >= 58 * SECS_PER_MINUTE)
                               1799                 :                :         {
 3623 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1800                 :UBC           0 :             TouchSocketFiles();
                               1801                 :              0 :             TouchSocketLockFiles();
                               1802                 :              0 :             last_touch_time = now;
                               1803                 :                :         }
                               1804                 :                :     }
                               1805                 :                : }
                               1806                 :                : 
                               1807                 :                : /*
                               1808                 :                :  * canAcceptConnections --- check to see if database state allows connections
                               1809                 :                :  * of the specified type.  backend_type can be B_BACKEND or B_AUTOVAC_WORKER.
                               1810                 :                :  * (Note that we don't yet know whether a normal B_BACKEND connection might
                               1811                 :                :  * turn into a walsender.)
                               1812                 :                :  */
                               1813                 :                : static CAC_state
  296 heikki.linnakangas@i     1814                 :CBC       12647 : canAcceptConnections(BackendType backend_type)
                               1815                 :                : {
 5410 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1816                 :          12647 :     CAC_state   result = CAC_OK;
                               1817                 :                : 
  296 heikki.linnakangas@i     1818   [ +  +  -  + ]:          12647 :     Assert(backend_type == B_BACKEND || backend_type == B_AUTOVAC_WORKER);
                               1819                 :                : 
                               1820                 :                :     /*
                               1821                 :                :      * Can't start backends when in startup/shutdown/inconsistent recovery
                               1822                 :                :      * state.  We treat autovac workers the same as user backends for this
                               1823                 :                :      * purpose.
                               1824                 :                :      */
                               1825   [ +  +  +  + ]:          12647 :     if (pmState != PM_RUN && pmState != PM_HOT_STANDBY)
                               1826                 :                :     {
 1849 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1827         [ +  + ]:            261 :         if (Shutdown > NoShutdown)
 6505 bruce@momjian.us         1828                 :             37 :             return CAC_SHUTDOWN;    /* shutdown is pending */
 1626 fujii@postgresql.org     1829   [ +  +  +  + ]:            224 :         else if (!FatalError && pmState == PM_STARTUP)
 5263 bruce@momjian.us         1830                 :            217 :             return CAC_STARTUP; /* normal startup */
 1626 fujii@postgresql.org     1831   [ +  +  +  - ]:              7 :         else if (!FatalError && pmState == PM_RECOVERY)
  157                          1832                 :              5 :             return CAC_NOTHOTSTANDBY;   /* not yet ready for hot standby */
                               1833                 :                :         else
 5410 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1834                 :              2 :             return CAC_RECOVERY;    /* else must be crash recovery */
                               1835                 :                :     }
                               1836                 :                : 
                               1837                 :                :     /*
                               1838                 :                :      * "Smart shutdown" restrictions are applied only to normal connections,
                               1839                 :                :      * not to autovac workers.
                               1840                 :                :      */
  296 heikki.linnakangas@i     1841   [ -  +  -  - ]:          12386 :     if (!connsAllowed && backend_type == B_BACKEND)
 1249 sfrost@snowman.net       1842                 :UBC           0 :         return CAC_SHUTDOWN;    /* shutdown is pending */
                               1843                 :                : 
 5410 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1844                 :CBC       12386 :     return result;
                               1845                 :                : }
                               1846                 :                : 
                               1847                 :                : /*
                               1848                 :                :  * ClosePostmasterPorts -- close all the postmaster's open sockets
                               1849                 :                :  *
                               1850                 :                :  * This is called during child process startup to release file descriptors
                               1851                 :                :  * that are not needed by that child process.  The postmaster still has
                               1852                 :                :  * them open, of course.
                               1853                 :                :  *
                               1854                 :                :  * Note: we pass am_syslogger as a boolean because we don't want to set
                               1855                 :                :  * the global variable yet when this is called.
                               1856                 :                :  */
                               1857                 :                : void
 7702                          1858                 :          18952 : ClosePostmasterPorts(bool am_syslogger)
                               1859                 :                : {
                               1860                 :                :     /* Release resources held by the postmaster's WaitEventSet. */
  968 tmunro@postgresql.or     1861         [ +  + ]:          18952 :     if (pm_wait_set)
                               1862                 :                :     {
                               1863                 :          15748 :         FreeWaitEventSetAfterFork(pm_wait_set);
                               1864                 :          15748 :         pm_wait_set = NULL;
                               1865                 :                :     }
                               1866                 :                : 
                               1867                 :                : #ifndef WIN32
                               1868                 :                : 
                               1869                 :                :     /*
                               1870                 :                :      * Close the write end of postmaster death watch pipe. It's important to
                               1871                 :                :      * do this as early as possible, so that if postmaster dies, others won't
                               1872                 :                :      * think that it's still running because we're holding the pipe open.
                               1873                 :                :      */
 2254 peter@eisentraut.org     1874         [ -  + ]:          18952 :     if (close(postmaster_alive_fds[POSTMASTER_FD_OWN]) != 0)
 5174 heikki.linnakangas@i     1875         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         ereport(FATAL,
                               1876                 :                :                 (errcode_for_file_access(),
                               1877                 :                :                  errmsg_internal("could not close postmaster death monitoring pipe in child process: %m")));
 5174 heikki.linnakangas@i     1878                 :CBC       18952 :     postmaster_alive_fds[POSTMASTER_FD_OWN] = -1;
                               1879                 :                :     /* Notify fd.c that we released one pipe FD. */
 2021 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1880                 :          18952 :     ReleaseExternalFD();
                               1881                 :                : #endif
                               1882                 :                : 
                               1883                 :                :     /*
                               1884                 :                :      * Close the postmaster's listen sockets.  These aren't tracked by fd.c,
                               1885                 :                :      * so we don't call ReleaseExternalFD() here.
                               1886                 :                :      *
                               1887                 :                :      * The listen sockets are marked as FD_CLOEXEC, so this isn't needed in
                               1888                 :                :      * EXEC_BACKEND mode.
                               1889                 :                :      */
                               1890                 :                : #ifndef EXEC_BACKEND
  701 heikki.linnakangas@i     1891         [ +  + ]:          18952 :     if (ListenSockets)
                               1892                 :                :     {
                               1893         [ +  + ]:          38530 :         for (int i = 0; i < NumListenSockets; i++)
                               1894                 :                :         {
  543                          1895         [ -  + ]:          19579 :             if (closesocket(ListenSockets[i]) != 0)
  543 heikki.linnakangas@i     1896         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :                 elog(LOG, "could not close listen socket: %m");
                               1897                 :                :         }
  701 heikki.linnakangas@i     1898                 :CBC       18951 :         pfree(ListenSockets);
                               1899                 :                :     }
  702                          1900                 :          18952 :     NumListenSockets = 0;
                               1901                 :          18952 :     ListenSockets = NULL;
                               1902                 :                : #endif
                               1903                 :                : 
                               1904                 :                :     /*
                               1905                 :                :      * If using syslogger, close the read side of the pipe.  We don't bother
                               1906                 :                :      * tracking this in fd.c, either.
                               1907                 :                :      */
 7702 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1908         [ +  + ]:          18952 :     if (!am_syslogger)
                               1909                 :                :     {
                               1910                 :                : #ifndef WIN32
                               1911         [ +  + ]:          18951 :         if (syslogPipe[0] >= 0)
                               1912                 :             17 :             close(syslogPipe[0]);
                               1913                 :          18951 :         syslogPipe[0] = -1;
                               1914                 :                : #else
                               1915                 :                :         if (syslogPipe[0])
                               1916                 :                :             CloseHandle(syslogPipe[0]);
                               1917                 :                :         syslogPipe[0] = 0;
                               1918                 :                : #endif
                               1919                 :                :     }
                               1920                 :                : 
                               1921                 :                : #ifdef USE_BONJOUR
                               1922                 :                :     /* If using Bonjour, close the connection to the mDNS daemon */
                               1923                 :                :     if (bonjour_sdref)
                               1924                 :                :         close(DNSServiceRefSockFD(bonjour_sdref));
                               1925                 :                : #endif
 8976                          1926                 :          18952 : }
                               1927                 :                : 
                               1928                 :                : 
                               1929                 :                : /*
                               1930                 :                :  * InitProcessGlobals -- set MyStartTime[stamp], random seeds
                               1931                 :                :  *
                               1932                 :                :  * Called early in the postmaster and every backend.
                               1933                 :                :  */
                               1934                 :                : void
 2514 tmunro@postgresql.or     1935                 :          20019 : InitProcessGlobals(void)
                               1936                 :                : {
                               1937                 :          20019 :     MyStartTimestamp = GetCurrentTimestamp();
                               1938                 :          20019 :     MyStartTime = timestamptz_to_time_t(MyStartTimestamp);
                               1939                 :                : 
                               1940                 :                :     /*
                               1941                 :                :      * Set a different global seed in every process.  We want something
                               1942                 :                :      * unpredictable, so if possible, use high-quality random bits for the
                               1943                 :                :      * seed.  Otherwise, fall back to a seed based on timestamp and PID.
                               1944                 :                :      */
 1378 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1945   [ +  -  -  + ]:          20019 :     if (unlikely(!pg_prng_strong_seed(&pg_global_prng_state)))
                               1946                 :                :     {
                               1947                 :                :         uint64      rseed;
                               1948                 :                : 
                               1949                 :                :         /*
                               1950                 :                :          * Since PIDs and timestamps tend to change more frequently in their
                               1951                 :                :          * least significant bits, shift the timestamp left to allow a larger
                               1952                 :                :          * total number of seeds in a given time period.  Since that would
                               1953                 :                :          * leave only 20 bits of the timestamp that cycle every ~1 second,
                               1954                 :                :          * also mix in some higher bits.
                               1955                 :                :          */
 2443 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1956                 :UBC           0 :         rseed = ((uint64) MyProcPid) ^
 2487 tmunro@postgresql.or     1957                 :              0 :             ((uint64) MyStartTimestamp << 12) ^
 2443 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1958                 :              0 :             ((uint64) MyStartTimestamp >> 20);
                               1959                 :                : 
 1378                          1960                 :              0 :         pg_prng_seed(&pg_global_prng_state, rseed);
                               1961                 :                :     }
                               1962                 :                : 
                               1963                 :                :     /*
                               1964                 :                :      * Also make sure that we've set a good seed for random(3).  Use of that
                               1965                 :                :      * is deprecated in core Postgres, but extensions might use it.
                               1966                 :                :      */
                               1967                 :                : #ifndef WIN32
 1378 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1968                 :CBC       20019 :     srandom(pg_prng_uint32(&pg_global_prng_state));
                               1969                 :                : #endif
 2514 tmunro@postgresql.or     1970                 :          20019 : }
                               1971                 :                : 
                               1972                 :                : /*
                               1973                 :                :  * Child processes use SIGUSR1 to notify us of 'pmsignals'.  pg_ctl uses
                               1974                 :                :  * SIGUSR1 to ask postmaster to check for logrotate and promote files.
                               1975                 :                :  */
                               1976                 :                : static void
  968                          1977                 :           3526 : handle_pm_pmsignal_signal(SIGNAL_ARGS)
                               1978                 :                : {
                               1979                 :           3526 :     pending_pm_pmsignal = true;
                               1980                 :           3526 :     SetLatch(MyLatch);
                               1981                 :           3526 : }
                               1982                 :                : 
                               1983                 :                : /*
                               1984                 :                :  * pg_ctl uses SIGHUP to request a reload of the configuration files.
                               1985                 :                :  */
                               1986                 :                : static void
                               1987                 :            135 : handle_pm_reload_request_signal(SIGNAL_ARGS)
                               1988                 :                : {
                               1989                 :            135 :     pending_pm_reload_request = true;
                               1990                 :            135 :     SetLatch(MyLatch);
                               1991                 :            135 : }
                               1992                 :                : 
                               1993                 :                : /*
                               1994                 :                :  * Re-read config files, and tell children to do same.
                               1995                 :                :  */
                               1996                 :                : static void
                               1997                 :            135 : process_pm_reload_request(void)
                               1998                 :                : {
                               1999                 :            135 :     pending_pm_reload_request = false;
                               2000                 :                : 
                               2001         [ +  + ]:            135 :     ereport(DEBUG2,
                               2002                 :                :             (errmsg_internal("postmaster received reload request signal")));
                               2003                 :                : 
 8850 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2004         [ +  - ]:            135 :     if (Shutdown <= SmartShutdown)
                               2005                 :                :     {
 8082                          2006         [ +  - ]:            135 :         ereport(LOG,
                               2007                 :                :                 (errmsg("received SIGHUP, reloading configuration files")));
 8707                          2008                 :            135 :         ProcessConfigFile(PGC_SIGHUP);
  296 heikki.linnakangas@i     2009                 :            135 :         SignalChildren(SIGHUP, btmask_all_except(B_DEAD_END_BACKEND));
                               2010                 :                : 
                               2011                 :                :         /* Reload authentication config files too */
 6200 magnus@hagander.net      2012         [ -  + ]:            135 :         if (!load_hba())
 3169 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2013         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :             ereport(LOG,
                               2014                 :                :             /* translator: %s is a configuration file */
                               2015                 :                :                     (errmsg("%s was not reloaded", HbaFileName)));
                               2016                 :                : 
 4733 heikki.linnakangas@i     2017         [ -  + ]:CBC         135 :         if (!load_ident())
 3169 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2018         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :             ereport(LOG,
                               2019                 :                :                     (errmsg("%s was not reloaded", IdentFileName)));
                               2020                 :                : 
                               2021                 :                : #ifdef USE_SSL
                               2022                 :                :         /* Reload SSL configuration as well */
 3169 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2023         [ +  + ]:CBC         135 :         if (EnableSSL)
                               2024                 :                :         {
                               2025         [ +  - ]:              2 :             if (secure_initialize(false) == 0)
                               2026                 :              2 :                 LoadedSSL = true;
                               2027                 :                :             else
 3169 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2028         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :                 ereport(LOG,
                               2029                 :                :                         (errmsg("SSL configuration was not reloaded")));
                               2030                 :                :         }
                               2031                 :                :         else
                               2032                 :                :         {
 3169 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2033                 :CBC         133 :             secure_destroy();
                               2034                 :            133 :             LoadedSSL = false;
                               2035                 :                :         }
                               2036                 :                : #endif
                               2037                 :                : 
                               2038                 :                : #ifdef EXEC_BACKEND
                               2039                 :                :         /* Update the starting-point file for future children */
                               2040                 :                :         write_nondefault_variables(PGC_SIGHUP);
                               2041                 :                : #endif
                               2042                 :                :     }
  968 tmunro@postgresql.or     2043                 :            135 : }
                               2044                 :                : 
                               2045                 :                : /*
                               2046                 :                :  * pg_ctl uses SIGTERM, SIGINT and SIGQUIT to request different types of
                               2047                 :                :  * shutdown.
                               2048                 :                :  */
                               2049                 :                : static void
                               2050                 :            802 : handle_pm_shutdown_request_signal(SIGNAL_ARGS)
                               2051                 :                : {
                               2052   [ +  +  +  - ]:            802 :     switch (postgres_signal_arg)
                               2053                 :                :     {
                               2054                 :             40 :         case SIGTERM:
                               2055                 :                :             /* smart is implied if the other two flags aren't set */
                               2056                 :             40 :             pending_pm_shutdown_request = true;
                               2057                 :             40 :             break;
                               2058                 :            448 :         case SIGINT:
                               2059                 :            448 :             pending_pm_fast_shutdown_request = true;
                               2060                 :            448 :             pending_pm_shutdown_request = true;
                               2061                 :            448 :             break;
                               2062                 :            314 :         case SIGQUIT:
                               2063                 :            314 :             pending_pm_immediate_shutdown_request = true;
                               2064                 :            314 :             pending_pm_shutdown_request = true;
                               2065                 :            314 :             break;
                               2066                 :                :     }
                               2067                 :            802 :     SetLatch(MyLatch);
 9229 peter_e@gmx.net          2068                 :            802 : }
                               2069                 :                : 
                               2070                 :                : /*
                               2071                 :                :  * Process shutdown request.
                               2072                 :                :  */
                               2073                 :                : static void
  968 tmunro@postgresql.or     2074                 :            802 : process_pm_shutdown_request(void)
                               2075                 :                : {
                               2076                 :                :     int         mode;
                               2077                 :                : 
 8061 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2078         [ +  + ]:            802 :     ereport(DEBUG2,
                               2079                 :                :             (errmsg_internal("postmaster received shutdown request signal")));
                               2080                 :                : 
  968 tmunro@postgresql.or     2081                 :            802 :     pending_pm_shutdown_request = false;
                               2082                 :                : 
                               2083                 :                :     /*
                               2084                 :                :      * If more than one shutdown request signal arrived since the last server
                               2085                 :                :      * loop, take the one that is the most immediate.  That matches the
                               2086                 :                :      * priority that would apply if we processed them one by one in any order.
                               2087                 :                :      */
                               2088         [ +  + ]:            802 :     if (pending_pm_immediate_shutdown_request)
                               2089                 :                :     {
                               2090                 :            314 :         pending_pm_immediate_shutdown_request = false;
                               2091                 :            314 :         pending_pm_fast_shutdown_request = false;
                               2092                 :            314 :         mode = ImmediateShutdown;
                               2093                 :                :     }
                               2094         [ +  + ]:            488 :     else if (pending_pm_fast_shutdown_request)
                               2095                 :                :     {
                               2096                 :            448 :         pending_pm_fast_shutdown_request = false;
                               2097                 :            448 :         mode = FastShutdown;
                               2098                 :                :     }
                               2099                 :                :     else
                               2100                 :             40 :         mode = SmartShutdown;
                               2101                 :                : 
                               2102   [ +  +  +  - ]:            802 :     switch (mode)
                               2103                 :                :     {
                               2104                 :             40 :         case SmartShutdown:
                               2105                 :                : 
                               2106                 :                :             /*
                               2107                 :                :              * Smart Shutdown:
                               2108                 :                :              *
                               2109                 :                :              * Wait for children to end their work, then shut down.
                               2110                 :                :              */
 9467 vadim4o@yahoo.com        2111         [ -  + ]:             40 :             if (Shutdown >= SmartShutdown)
 8707 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2112                 :UBC           0 :                 break;
 9467 vadim4o@yahoo.com        2113                 :CBC          40 :             Shutdown = SmartShutdown;
 8082 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2114         [ +  - ]:             40 :             ereport(LOG,
                               2115                 :                :                     (errmsg("received smart shutdown request")));
                               2116                 :                : 
                               2117                 :                :             /* Report status */
 2992                          2118                 :             40 :             AddToDataDirLockFile(LOCK_FILE_LINE_PM_STATUS, PM_STATUS_STOPPING);
                               2119                 :                : #ifdef USE_SYSTEMD
 3581 peter_e@gmx.net          2120                 :             40 :             sd_notify(0, "STOPPING=1");
                               2121                 :                : #endif
                               2122                 :                : 
                               2123                 :                :             /*
                               2124                 :                :              * If we reached normal running, we go straight to waiting for
                               2125                 :                :              * client backends to exit.  If already in PM_STOP_BACKENDS or a
                               2126                 :                :              * later state, do not change it.
                               2127                 :                :              */
 1249 sfrost@snowman.net       2128   [ -  +  -  - ]:             40 :             if (pmState == PM_RUN || pmState == PM_HOT_STANDBY)
                               2129                 :             40 :                 connsAllowed = false;
 1849 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2130   [ #  #  #  # ]:UBC           0 :             else if (pmState == PM_STARTUP || pmState == PM_RECOVERY)
                               2131                 :                :             {
                               2132                 :                :                 /* There should be no clients, so proceed to stop children */
  239 andres@anarazel.de       2133                 :              0 :                 UpdatePMState(PM_STOP_BACKENDS);
                               2134                 :                :             }
                               2135                 :                : 
                               2136                 :                :             /*
                               2137                 :                :              * Now wait for online backup mode to end and backends to exit. If
                               2138                 :                :              * that is already the case, PostmasterStateMachine will take the
                               2139                 :                :              * next step.
                               2140                 :                :              */
 6603 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2141                 :CBC          40 :             PostmasterStateMachine();
 8707                          2142                 :             40 :             break;
                               2143                 :                : 
  968 tmunro@postgresql.or     2144                 :            448 :         case FastShutdown:
                               2145                 :                : 
                               2146                 :                :             /*
                               2147                 :                :              * Fast Shutdown:
                               2148                 :                :              *
                               2149                 :                :              * Abort all children with SIGTERM (rollback active transactions
                               2150                 :                :              * and exit) and shut down when they are gone.
                               2151                 :                :              */
 9467 vadim4o@yahoo.com        2152         [ -  + ]:            448 :             if (Shutdown >= FastShutdown)
 8707 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2153                 :UBC           0 :                 break;
 7878 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2154                 :CBC         448 :             Shutdown = FastShutdown;
 8082                          2155         [ +  - ]:            448 :             ereport(LOG,
                               2156                 :                :                     (errmsg("received fast shutdown request")));
                               2157                 :                : 
                               2158                 :                :             /* Report status */
 2992                          2159                 :            448 :             AddToDataDirLockFile(LOCK_FILE_LINE_PM_STATUS, PM_STATUS_STOPPING);
                               2160                 :                : #ifdef USE_SYSTEMD
 3581 peter_e@gmx.net          2161                 :            448 :             sd_notify(0, "STOPPING=1");
                               2162                 :                : #endif
                               2163                 :                : 
 2565 michael@paquier.xyz      2164   [ +  -  -  + ]:            448 :             if (pmState == PM_STARTUP || pmState == PM_RECOVERY)
                               2165                 :                :             {
                               2166                 :                :                 /* Just shut down background processes silently */
  239 andres@anarazel.de       2167                 :UBC           0 :                 UpdatePMState(PM_STOP_BACKENDS);
                               2168                 :                :             }
 5553 rhaas@postgresql.org     2169         [ +  + ]:CBC         448 :             else if (pmState == PM_RUN ||
                               2170         [ +  - ]:             54 :                      pmState == PM_HOT_STANDBY)
                               2171                 :                :             {
                               2172                 :                :                 /* Report that we're about to zap live client sessions */
 6603 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2173         [ +  - ]:            448 :                 ereport(LOG,
                               2174                 :                :                         (errmsg("aborting any active transactions")));
  239 andres@anarazel.de       2175                 :            448 :                 UpdatePMState(PM_STOP_BACKENDS);
                               2176                 :                :             }
                               2177                 :                : 
                               2178                 :                :             /*
                               2179                 :                :              * PostmasterStateMachine will issue any necessary signals, or
                               2180                 :                :              * take the next step if no child processes need to be killed.
                               2181                 :                :              */
 6603 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2182                 :            448 :             PostmasterStateMachine();
 8707                          2183                 :            448 :             break;
                               2184                 :                : 
  968 tmunro@postgresql.or     2185                 :            314 :         case ImmediateShutdown:
                               2186                 :                : 
                               2187                 :                :             /*
                               2188                 :                :              * Immediate Shutdown:
                               2189                 :                :              *
                               2190                 :                :              * abort all children with SIGQUIT, wait for them to exit,
                               2191                 :                :              * terminate remaining ones with SIGKILL, then exit without
                               2192                 :                :              * attempt to properly shut down the data base system.
                               2193                 :                :              */
 4453 alvherre@alvh.no-ip.     2194         [ -  + ]:            314 :             if (Shutdown >= ImmediateShutdown)
 4453 alvherre@alvh.no-ip.     2195                 :UBC           0 :                 break;
 4453 alvherre@alvh.no-ip.     2196                 :CBC         314 :             Shutdown = ImmediateShutdown;
 8082 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2197         [ +  - ]:            314 :             ereport(LOG,
                               2198                 :                :                     (errmsg("received immediate shutdown request")));
                               2199                 :                : 
                               2200                 :                :             /* Report status */
 2992                          2201                 :            314 :             AddToDataDirLockFile(LOCK_FILE_LINE_PM_STATUS, PM_STATUS_STOPPING);
                               2202                 :                : #ifdef USE_SYSTEMD
 3581 peter_e@gmx.net          2203                 :            314 :             sd_notify(0, "STOPPING=1");
                               2204                 :                : #endif
                               2205                 :                : 
                               2206                 :                :             /* tell children to shut down ASAP */
                               2207                 :                :             /* (note we don't apply send_abort_for_crash here) */
 1717 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2208                 :            314 :             SetQuitSignalReason(PMQUIT_FOR_STOP);
 4453 alvherre@alvh.no-ip.     2209                 :            314 :             TerminateChildren(SIGQUIT);
  239 andres@anarazel.de       2210                 :            314 :             UpdatePMState(PM_WAIT_BACKENDS);
                               2211                 :                : 
                               2212                 :                :             /* set stopwatch for them to die */
 4453 alvherre@alvh.no-ip.     2213                 :            314 :             AbortStartTime = time(NULL);
                               2214                 :                : 
                               2215                 :                :             /*
                               2216                 :                :              * Now wait for backends to exit.  If there are none,
                               2217                 :                :              * PostmasterStateMachine will take the next step.
                               2218                 :                :              */
                               2219                 :            314 :             PostmasterStateMachine();
 9467 vadim4o@yahoo.com        2220                 :            314 :             break;
                               2221                 :                :     }
  968 tmunro@postgresql.or     2222                 :            802 : }
                               2223                 :                : 
                               2224                 :                : static void
                               2225                 :          20131 : handle_pm_child_exit_signal(SIGNAL_ARGS)
                               2226                 :                : {
                               2227                 :          20131 :     pending_pm_child_exit = true;
                               2228                 :          20131 :     SetLatch(MyLatch);
10651 scrappy@hub.org          2229                 :          20131 : }
                               2230                 :                : 
                               2231                 :                : /*
                               2232                 :                :  * Cleanup after a child process dies.
                               2233                 :                :  */
                               2234                 :                : static void
  968 tmunro@postgresql.or     2235                 :          19892 : process_pm_child_exit(void)
                               2236                 :                : {
                               2237                 :                :     int         pid;            /* process id of dead child process */
                               2238                 :                :     int         exitstatus;     /* its exit status */
                               2239                 :                : 
                               2240                 :          19892 :     pending_pm_child_exit = false;
                               2241                 :                : 
 8061 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2242         [ -  + ]:          19892 :     ereport(DEBUG4,
                               2243                 :                :             (errmsg_internal("reaping dead processes")));
                               2244                 :                : 
 4811                          2245         [ +  + ]:          41617 :     while ((pid = waitpid(-1, &exitstatus, WNOHANG)) > 0)
                               2246                 :                :     {
                               2247                 :                :         PMChild    *pmchild;
                               2248                 :                : 
                               2249                 :                :         /*
                               2250                 :                :          * Check if this child was a startup process.
                               2251                 :                :          */
  296 heikki.linnakangas@i     2252   [ +  +  +  + ]:          21725 :         if (StartupPMChild && pid == StartupPMChild->pid)
                               2253                 :                :         {
                               2254                 :            809 :             ReleasePostmasterChildSlot(StartupPMChild);
                               2255                 :            809 :             StartupPMChild = NULL;
                               2256                 :                : 
                               2257                 :                :             /*
                               2258                 :                :              * Startup process exited in response to a shutdown request (or it
                               2259                 :                :              * completed normally regardless of the shutdown request).
                               2260                 :                :              */
 4672 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2261         [ +  + ]:            809 :             if (Shutdown > NoShutdown &&
                               2262   [ +  +  +  -  :             98 :                 (EXIT_STATUS_0(exitstatus) || EXIT_STATUS_1(exitstatus)))
                                              +  + ]
                               2263                 :                :             {
 3712                          2264                 :             54 :                 StartupStatus = STARTUP_NOT_RUNNING;
  239 andres@anarazel.de       2265                 :             54 :                 UpdatePMState(PM_WAIT_BACKENDS);
                               2266                 :                :                 /* PostmasterStateMachine logic does the rest */
 3938 simon@2ndQuadrant.co     2267                 :             54 :                 continue;
                               2268                 :                :             }
                               2269                 :                : 
                               2270   [ +  -  -  + ]:            755 :             if (EXIT_STATUS_3(exitstatus))
                               2271                 :                :             {
 3938 simon@2ndQuadrant.co     2272         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :                 ereport(LOG,
                               2273                 :                :                         (errmsg("shutdown at recovery target")));
 3712 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2274                 :              0 :                 StartupStatus = STARTUP_NOT_RUNNING;
 1849                          2275                 :              0 :                 Shutdown = Max(Shutdown, SmartShutdown);
 3938 simon@2ndQuadrant.co     2276                 :              0 :                 TerminateChildren(SIGTERM);
  239 andres@anarazel.de       2277                 :              0 :                 UpdatePMState(PM_WAIT_BACKENDS);
                               2278                 :                :                 /* PostmasterStateMachine logic does the rest */
 4672 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2279                 :              0 :                 continue;
                               2280                 :                :             }
                               2281                 :                : 
                               2282                 :                :             /*
                               2283                 :                :              * Unexpected exit of startup process (including FATAL exit)
                               2284                 :                :              * during PM_STARTUP is treated as catastrophic. There are no
                               2285                 :                :              * other processes running yet, so we can just exit.
                               2286                 :                :              */
 2203 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2287         [ +  + ]:CBC         755 :             if (pmState == PM_STARTUP &&
                               2288         [ +  - ]:            571 :                 StartupStatus != STARTUP_SIGNALED &&
                               2289         [ -  + ]:            571 :                 !EXIT_STATUS_0(exitstatus))
                               2290                 :                :             {
 7501 bruce@momjian.us         2291                 :UBC           0 :                 LogChildExit(LOG, _("startup process"),
                               2292                 :                :                              pid, exitstatus);
 8082 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2293         [ #  # ]:              0 :                 ereport(LOG,
                               2294                 :                :                         (errmsg("aborting startup due to startup process failure")));
 9047                          2295                 :              0 :                 ExitPostmaster(1);
                               2296                 :                :             }
                               2297                 :                : 
                               2298                 :                :             /*
                               2299                 :                :              * After PM_STARTUP, any unexpected exit (including FATAL exit) of
                               2300                 :                :              * the startup process is catastrophic, so kill other children,
                               2301                 :                :              * and set StartupStatus so we don't try to reinitialize after
                               2302                 :                :              * they're gone.  Exception: if StartupStatus is STARTUP_SIGNALED,
                               2303                 :                :              * then we previously sent the startup process a SIGQUIT; so
                               2304                 :                :              * that's probably the reason it died, and we do want to try to
                               2305                 :                :              * restart in that case.
                               2306                 :                :              *
                               2307                 :                :              * This stanza also handles the case where we sent a SIGQUIT
                               2308                 :                :              * during PM_STARTUP due to some dead-end child crashing: in that
                               2309                 :                :              * situation, if the startup process dies on the SIGQUIT, we need
                               2310                 :                :              * to transition to PM_WAIT_BACKENDS state which will allow
                               2311                 :                :              * PostmasterStateMachine to restart the startup process.  (On the
                               2312                 :                :              * other hand, the startup process might complete normally, if we
                               2313                 :                :              * were too late with the SIGQUIT.  In that case we'll fall
                               2314                 :                :              * through and commence normal operations.)
                               2315                 :                :              */
 6044 heikki.linnakangas@i     2316         [ +  + ]:CBC         755 :             if (!EXIT_STATUS_0(exitstatus))
                               2317                 :                :             {
 3712 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2318         [ +  + ]:             47 :                 if (StartupStatus == STARTUP_SIGNALED)
                               2319                 :                :                 {
                               2320                 :             44 :                     StartupStatus = STARTUP_NOT_RUNNING;
 2203                          2321         [ -  + ]:             44 :                     if (pmState == PM_STARTUP)
  239 andres@anarazel.de       2322                 :UBC           0 :                         UpdatePMState(PM_WAIT_BACKENDS);
                               2323                 :                :                 }
                               2324                 :                :                 else
 3712 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2325                 :CBC           3 :                     StartupStatus = STARTUP_CRASHED;
 6044 heikki.linnakangas@i     2326                 :             47 :                 HandleChildCrash(pid, exitstatus,
                               2327                 :             47 :                                  _("startup process"));
 6603 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2328                 :             47 :                 continue;
                               2329                 :                :             }
                               2330                 :                : 
                               2331                 :                :             /*
                               2332                 :                :              * Startup succeeded, commence normal operations
                               2333                 :                :              */
 3712                          2334                 :            708 :             StartupStatus = STARTUP_NOT_RUNNING;
 6039 heikki.linnakangas@i     2335                 :            708 :             FatalError = false;
 2203 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2336                 :            708 :             AbortStartTime = 0;
 5582 rhaas@postgresql.org     2337                 :            708 :             ReachedNormalRunning = true;
  239 andres@anarazel.de       2338                 :            708 :             UpdatePMState(PM_RUN);
 1249 sfrost@snowman.net       2339                 :            708 :             connsAllowed = true;
                               2340                 :                : 
                               2341                 :                :             /*
                               2342                 :                :              * At the next iteration of the postmaster's main loop, we will
                               2343                 :                :              * crank up the background tasks like the autovacuum launcher and
                               2344                 :                :              * background workers that were not started earlier already.
                               2345                 :                :              */
  390 heikki.linnakangas@i     2346                 :            708 :             StartWorkerNeeded = true;
                               2347                 :                : 
                               2348                 :                :             /* at this point we are really open for business */
 6039                          2349         [ +  - ]:            708 :             ereport(LOG,
                               2350                 :                :                     (errmsg("database system is ready to accept connections")));
                               2351                 :                : 
                               2352                 :                :             /* Report status */
 2992 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2353                 :            708 :             AddToDataDirLockFile(LOCK_FILE_LINE_PM_STATUS, PM_STATUS_READY);
                               2354                 :                : #ifdef USE_SYSTEMD
 3581 peter_e@gmx.net          2355                 :            708 :             sd_notify(0, "READY=1");
                               2356                 :                : #endif
                               2357                 :                : 
 6037 heikki.linnakangas@i     2358                 :            708 :             continue;
                               2359                 :                :         }
                               2360                 :                : 
                               2361                 :                :         /*
                               2362                 :                :          * Was it the bgwriter?  Normal exit can be ignored; we'll start a new
                               2363                 :                :          * one at the next iteration of the postmaster's main loop, if
                               2364                 :                :          * necessary.  Any other exit condition is treated as a crash.
                               2365                 :                :          */
  296                          2366   [ +  +  +  + ]:          20916 :         if (BgWriterPMChild && pid == BgWriterPMChild->pid)
                               2367                 :                :         {
                               2368                 :            809 :             ReleasePostmasterChildSlot(BgWriterPMChild);
                               2369                 :            809 :             BgWriterPMChild = NULL;
 5058 simon@2ndQuadrant.co     2370         [ +  + ]:            809 :             if (!EXIT_STATUS_0(exitstatus))
                               2371                 :            321 :                 HandleChildCrash(pid, exitstatus,
                               2372                 :            321 :                                  _("background writer process"));
                               2373                 :            809 :             continue;
                               2374                 :                :         }
                               2375                 :                : 
                               2376                 :                :         /*
                               2377                 :                :          * Was it the checkpointer?
                               2378                 :                :          */
  296 heikki.linnakangas@i     2379   [ +  +  +  + ]:          20107 :         if (CheckpointerPMChild && pid == CheckpointerPMChild->pid)
                               2380                 :                :         {
                               2381                 :            809 :             ReleasePostmasterChildSlot(CheckpointerPMChild);
                               2382                 :            809 :             CheckpointerPMChild = NULL;
  224 andres@anarazel.de       2383   [ +  +  +  - ]:            809 :             if (EXIT_STATUS_0(exitstatus) && pmState == PM_WAIT_CHECKPOINTER)
 9467 vadim4o@yahoo.com        2384                 :            488 :             {
                               2385                 :                :                 /*
                               2386                 :                :                  * OK, we saw normal exit of the checkpointer after it's been
                               2387                 :                :                  * told to shut down.  We know checkpointer wrote a shutdown
                               2388                 :                :                  * checkpoint, otherwise we'd still be in
                               2389                 :                :                  * PM_WAIT_XLOG_SHUTDOWN state.
                               2390                 :                :                  *
                               2391                 :                :                  * At this point only dead-end children and logger should be
                               2392                 :                :                  * left.
                               2393                 :                :                  */
  224 andres@anarazel.de       2394                 :            488 :                 UpdatePMState(PM_WAIT_DEAD_END);
                               2395                 :            488 :                 ConfigurePostmasterWaitSet(false);
                               2396                 :            488 :                 SignalChildren(SIGTERM, btmask_all_except(B_LOGGER));
                               2397                 :                :             }
                               2398                 :                :             else
                               2399                 :                :             {
                               2400                 :                :                 /*
                               2401                 :                :                  * Any unexpected exit of the checkpointer (including FATAL
                               2402                 :                :                  * exit) is treated as a crash.
                               2403                 :                :                  */
 6603 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2404                 :            321 :                 HandleChildCrash(pid, exitstatus,
 5058 simon@2ndQuadrant.co     2405                 :            321 :                                  _("checkpointer process"));
                               2406                 :                :             }
                               2407                 :                : 
 7770 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2408                 :            809 :             continue;
                               2409                 :                :         }
                               2410                 :                : 
                               2411                 :                :         /*
                               2412                 :                :          * Was it the wal writer?  Normal exit can be ignored; we'll start a
                               2413                 :                :          * new one at the next iteration of the postmaster's main loop, if
                               2414                 :                :          * necessary.  Any other exit condition is treated as a crash.
                               2415                 :                :          */
  296 heikki.linnakangas@i     2416   [ +  +  +  + ]:          19298 :         if (WalWriterPMChild && pid == WalWriterPMChild->pid)
                               2417                 :                :         {
                               2418                 :            708 :             ReleasePostmasterChildSlot(WalWriterPMChild);
                               2419                 :            708 :             WalWriterPMChild = NULL;
 6619 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2420         [ +  + ]:            708 :             if (!EXIT_STATUS_0(exitstatus))
                               2421                 :            274 :                 HandleChildCrash(pid, exitstatus,
 6512 peter_e@gmx.net          2422                 :            274 :                                  _("WAL writer process"));
 6619 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2423                 :            708 :             continue;
                               2424                 :                :         }
                               2425                 :                : 
                               2426                 :                :         /*
                               2427                 :                :          * Was it the wal receiver?  If exit status is zero (normal) or one
                               2428                 :                :          * (FATAL exit), we assume everything is all right just like normal
                               2429                 :                :          * backends.  (If we need a new wal receiver, we'll start one at the
                               2430                 :                :          * next iteration of the postmaster's main loop.)
                               2431                 :                :          */
  296 heikki.linnakangas@i     2432   [ +  +  +  + ]:          18590 :         if (WalReceiverPMChild && pid == WalReceiverPMChild->pid)
                               2433                 :                :         {
                               2434                 :            231 :             ReleasePostmasterChildSlot(WalReceiverPMChild);
                               2435                 :            231 :             WalReceiverPMChild = NULL;
 5713                          2436   [ +  -  +  -  :            231 :             if (!EXIT_STATUS_0(exitstatus) && !EXIT_STATUS_1(exitstatus))
                                              +  + ]
                               2437                 :             21 :                 HandleChildCrash(pid, exitstatus,
                               2438                 :             21 :                                  _("WAL receiver process"));
                               2439                 :            231 :             continue;
                               2440                 :                :         }
                               2441                 :                : 
                               2442                 :                :         /*
                               2443                 :                :          * Was it the wal summarizer? Normal exit can be ignored; we'll start
                               2444                 :                :          * a new one at the next iteration of the postmaster's main loop, if
                               2445                 :                :          * necessary.  Any other exit condition is treated as a crash.
                               2446                 :                :          */
  296                          2447   [ +  +  +  + ]:          18359 :         if (WalSummarizerPMChild && pid == WalSummarizerPMChild->pid)
                               2448                 :                :         {
                               2449                 :             19 :             ReleasePostmasterChildSlot(WalSummarizerPMChild);
                               2450                 :             19 :             WalSummarizerPMChild = NULL;
  626 rhaas@postgresql.org     2451         [ +  + ]:             19 :             if (!EXIT_STATUS_0(exitstatus))
                               2452                 :             18 :                 HandleChildCrash(pid, exitstatus,
                               2453                 :             18 :                                  _("WAL summarizer process"));
                               2454                 :             19 :             continue;
                               2455                 :                :         }
                               2456                 :                : 
                               2457                 :                :         /*
                               2458                 :                :          * Was it the autovacuum launcher?  Normal exit can be ignored; we'll
                               2459                 :                :          * start a new one at the next iteration of the postmaster's main
                               2460                 :                :          * loop, if necessary.  Any other exit condition is treated as a
                               2461                 :                :          * crash.
                               2462                 :                :          */
  296 heikki.linnakangas@i     2463   [ +  +  +  + ]:          18340 :         if (AutoVacLauncherPMChild && pid == AutoVacLauncherPMChild->pid)
                               2464                 :                :         {
                               2465                 :            584 :             ReleasePostmasterChildSlot(AutoVacLauncherPMChild);
                               2466                 :            584 :             AutoVacLauncherPMChild = NULL;
 6778 alvherre@alvh.no-ip.     2467         [ +  + ]:            584 :             if (!EXIT_STATUS_0(exitstatus))
 7359 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2468                 :            231 :                 HandleChildCrash(pid, exitstatus,
 6778 alvherre@alvh.no-ip.     2469                 :            231 :                                  _("autovacuum launcher process"));
 7359 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2470                 :            584 :             continue;
                               2471                 :                :         }
                               2472                 :                : 
                               2473                 :                :         /*
                               2474                 :                :          * Was it the archiver?  If exit status is zero (normal) or one (FATAL
                               2475                 :                :          * exit), we assume everything is all right just like normal backends
                               2476                 :                :          * and just try to start a new one on the next cycle of the
                               2477                 :                :          * postmaster's main loop, to retry archiving remaining files.
                               2478                 :                :          */
  296 heikki.linnakangas@i     2479   [ +  +  +  + ]:          17756 :         if (PgArchPMChild && pid == PgArchPMChild->pid)
                               2480                 :                :         {
                               2481                 :             51 :             ReleasePostmasterChildSlot(PgArchPMChild);
                               2482                 :             51 :             PgArchPMChild = NULL;
 1636 fujii@postgresql.org     2483   [ +  +  +  -  :             51 :             if (!EXIT_STATUS_0(exitstatus) && !EXIT_STATUS_1(exitstatus))
                                              +  - ]
                               2484                 :             38 :                 HandleChildCrash(pid, exitstatus,
                               2485                 :             38 :                                  _("archiver process"));
 7719 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2486                 :             51 :             continue;
                               2487                 :                :         }
                               2488                 :                : 
                               2489                 :                :         /* Was it the system logger?  If so, try to start a new one */
  296 heikki.linnakangas@i     2490   [ +  +  -  + ]:          17705 :         if (SysLoggerPMChild && pid == SysLoggerPMChild->pid)
                               2491                 :                :         {
  296 heikki.linnakangas@i     2492                 :UBC           0 :             ReleasePostmasterChildSlot(SysLoggerPMChild);
                               2493                 :              0 :             SysLoggerPMChild = NULL;
                               2494                 :                : 
                               2495                 :                :             /* for safety's sake, launch new logger *first* */
                               2496         [ #  # ]:              0 :             if (Logging_collector)
                               2497                 :              0 :                 StartSysLogger();
                               2498                 :                : 
 6864 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2499         [ #  # ]:              0 :             if (!EXIT_STATUS_0(exitstatus))
 7501 bruce@momjian.us         2500                 :              0 :                 LogChildExit(LOG, _("system logger process"),
                               2501                 :                :                              pid, exitstatus);
 7702 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2502                 :              0 :             continue;
                               2503                 :                :         }
                               2504                 :                : 
                               2505                 :                :         /*
                               2506                 :                :          * Was it the slot sync worker? Normal exit or FATAL exit can be
                               2507                 :                :          * ignored (FATAL can be caused by libpqwalreceiver on receiving
                               2508                 :                :          * shutdown request by the startup process during promotion); we'll
                               2509                 :                :          * start a new one at the next iteration of the postmaster's main
                               2510                 :                :          * loop, if necessary. Any other exit condition is treated as a crash.
                               2511                 :                :          */
  296 heikki.linnakangas@i     2512   [ +  +  +  + ]:CBC       17705 :         if (SlotSyncWorkerPMChild && pid == SlotSyncWorkerPMChild->pid)
                               2513                 :                :         {
                               2514                 :              4 :             ReleasePostmasterChildSlot(SlotSyncWorkerPMChild);
                               2515                 :              4 :             SlotSyncWorkerPMChild = NULL;
  562 akapila@postgresql.o     2516   [ +  +  +  -  :              4 :             if (!EXIT_STATUS_0(exitstatus) && !EXIT_STATUS_1(exitstatus))
                                              -  + ]
  562 akapila@postgresql.o     2517                 :UBC           0 :                 HandleChildCrash(pid, exitstatus,
                               2518                 :              0 :                                  _("slot sync worker process"));
  562 akapila@postgresql.o     2519                 :CBC           4 :             continue;
                               2520                 :                :         }
                               2521                 :                : 
                               2522                 :                :         /* Was it an IO worker? */
  172 andres@anarazel.de       2523         [ +  + ]:          17701 :         if (maybe_reap_io_worker(pid))
                               2524                 :                :         {
                               2525   [ +  +  +  -  :           2456 :             if (!EXIT_STATUS_0(exitstatus) && !EXIT_STATUS_1(exitstatus))
                                              +  - ]
                               2526                 :            963 :                 HandleChildCrash(pid, exitstatus, _("io worker"));
                               2527                 :                : 
                               2528                 :           2456 :             maybe_adjust_io_workers();
                               2529                 :           2456 :             continue;
                               2530                 :                :         }
                               2531                 :                : 
                               2532                 :                :         /*
                               2533                 :                :          * Was it a backend or a background worker?
                               2534                 :                :          */
  296 heikki.linnakangas@i     2535                 :          15245 :         pmchild = FindPostmasterChildByPid(pid);
                               2536         [ +  - ]:          15245 :         if (pmchild)
                               2537                 :                :         {
                               2538                 :          15245 :             CleanupBackend(pmchild, exitstatus);
                               2539                 :                :         }
                               2540                 :                : 
                               2541                 :                :         /*
                               2542                 :                :          * We don't know anything about this child process.  That's highly
                               2543                 :                :          * unexpected, as we do track all the child processes that we fork.
                               2544                 :                :          */
                               2545                 :                :         else
                               2546                 :                :         {
  392 heikki.linnakangas@i     2547   [ #  #  #  #  :UBC           0 :             if (!EXIT_STATUS_0(exitstatus) && !EXIT_STATUS_1(exitstatus))
                                              #  # ]
                               2548                 :              0 :                 HandleChildCrash(pid, exitstatus, _("untracked child process"));
                               2549                 :                :             else
                               2550                 :              0 :                 LogChildExit(LOG, _("untracked child process"), pid, exitstatus);
                               2551                 :                :         }
                               2552                 :                :     }                           /* loop over pending child-death reports */
                               2553                 :                : 
                               2554                 :                :     /*
                               2555                 :                :      * After cleaning out the SIGCHLD queue, see if we have any state changes
                               2556                 :                :      * or actions to make.
                               2557                 :                :      */
 6603 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2558                 :CBC       19892 :     PostmasterStateMachine();
10651 scrappy@hub.org          2559                 :          19087 : }
                               2560                 :                : 
                               2561                 :                : /*
                               2562                 :                :  * CleanupBackend -- cleanup after terminated backend or background worker.
                               2563                 :                :  *
                               2564                 :                :  * Remove all local state associated with the child process and release its
                               2565                 :                :  * PMChild slot.
                               2566                 :                :  */
                               2567                 :                : static void
  296 heikki.linnakangas@i     2568                 :          15245 : CleanupBackend(PMChild *bp,
                               2569                 :                :                int exitstatus)  /* child's exit status. */
                               2570                 :                : {
                               2571                 :                :     char        namebuf[MAXPGPATH];
                               2572                 :                :     const char *procname;
  392                          2573                 :          15245 :     bool        crashed = false;
                               2574                 :          15245 :     bool        logged = false;
                               2575                 :                :     pid_t       bp_pid;
                               2576                 :                :     bool        bp_bgworker_notify;
                               2577                 :                :     BackendType bp_bkend_type;
                               2578                 :                :     RegisteredBgWorker *rw;
                               2579                 :                : 
                               2580                 :                :     /* Construct a process name for the log message */
  296                          2581         [ +  + ]:          15245 :     if (bp->bkend_type == B_BG_WORKER)
                               2582                 :                :     {
 2928 peter_e@gmx.net          2583                 :           2598 :         snprintf(namebuf, MAXPGPATH, _("background worker \"%s\""),
  392 heikki.linnakangas@i     2584                 :           2598 :                  bp->rw->rw_worker.bgw_type);
                               2585                 :           2598 :         procname = namebuf;
                               2586                 :                :     }
                               2587                 :                :     else
  296                          2588                 :          12647 :         procname = _(GetBackendTypeDesc(bp->bkend_type));
                               2589                 :                : 
                               2590                 :                :     /*
                               2591                 :                :      * If a backend dies in an ugly way then we must signal all other backends
                               2592                 :                :      * to quickdie.  If exit status is zero (normal) or one (FATAL exit), we
                               2593                 :                :      * assume everything is all right and proceed to remove the backend from
                               2594                 :                :      * the active child list.
                               2595                 :                :      */
  392                          2596   [ +  +  +  +  :          15245 :     if (!EXIT_STATUS_0(exitstatus) && !EXIT_STATUS_1(exitstatus))
                                              +  + ]
                               2597                 :            677 :         crashed = true;
                               2598                 :                : 
                               2599                 :                : #ifdef WIN32
                               2600                 :                : 
                               2601                 :                :     /*
                               2602                 :                :      * On win32, also treat ERROR_WAIT_NO_CHILDREN (128) as nonfatal case,
                               2603                 :                :      * since that sometimes happens under load when the process fails to start
                               2604                 :                :      * properly (long before it starts using shared memory). Microsoft reports
                               2605                 :                :      * it is related to mutex failure:
                               2606                 :                :      * http://archives.postgresql.org/pgsql-hackers/2010-09/msg00790.php
                               2607                 :                :      */
                               2608                 :                :     if (exitstatus == ERROR_WAIT_NO_CHILDREN)
                               2609                 :                :     {
                               2610                 :                :         LogChildExit(LOG, procname, bp->pid, exitstatus);
                               2611                 :                :         logged = true;
                               2612                 :                :         crashed = false;
                               2613                 :                :     }
                               2614                 :                : #endif
                               2615                 :                : 
                               2616                 :                :     /*
                               2617                 :                :      * Release the PMChild entry.
                               2618                 :                :      *
                               2619                 :                :      * If the process attached to shared memory, this also checks that it
                               2620                 :                :      * detached cleanly.
                               2621                 :                :      */
  296                          2622                 :          15245 :     bp_pid = bp->pid;
                               2623                 :          15245 :     bp_bgworker_notify = bp->bgworker_notify;
                               2624                 :          15245 :     bp_bkend_type = bp->bkend_type;
                               2625                 :          15245 :     rw = bp->rw;
                               2626         [ +  + ]:          15245 :     if (!ReleasePostmasterChildSlot(bp))
                               2627                 :                :     {
                               2628                 :                :         /*
                               2629                 :                :          * Uh-oh, the child failed to clean itself up.  Treat as a crash after
                               2630                 :                :          * all.
                               2631                 :                :          */
                               2632                 :            343 :         crashed = true;
                               2633                 :                :     }
                               2634                 :          15245 :     bp = NULL;
                               2635                 :                : 
                               2636                 :                :     /*
                               2637                 :                :      * In a crash case, exit immediately without resetting background worker
                               2638                 :                :      * state. However, if restart_after_crash is enabled, the background
                               2639                 :                :      * worker state (e.g., rw_pid) still needs be reset so the worker can
                               2640                 :                :      * restart after crash recovery. This reset is handled in
                               2641                 :                :      * ResetBackgroundWorkerCrashTimes(), not here.
                               2642                 :                :      */
  392                          2643         [ +  + ]:          15245 :     if (crashed)
                               2644                 :                :     {
  296                          2645                 :            677 :         HandleChildCrash(bp_pid, exitstatus, procname);
 7770 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2646                 :            677 :         return;
                               2647                 :                :     }
                               2648                 :                : 
                               2649                 :                :     /*
                               2650                 :                :      * This backend may have been slated to receive SIGUSR1 when some
                               2651                 :                :      * background worker started or stopped.  Cancel those notifications, as
                               2652                 :                :      * we don't want to signal PIDs that are not PostgreSQL backends.  This
                               2653                 :                :      * gets skipped in the (probably very common) case where the backend has
                               2654                 :                :      * never requested any such notifications.
                               2655                 :                :      */
  296 heikki.linnakangas@i     2656         [ +  + ]:          14568 :     if (bp_bgworker_notify)
                               2657                 :            246 :         BackgroundWorkerStopNotifications(bp_pid);
                               2658                 :                : 
                               2659                 :                :     /*
                               2660                 :                :      * If it was a background worker, also update its RegisteredBgWorker
                               2661                 :                :      * entry.
                               2662                 :                :      */
                               2663         [ +  + ]:          14568 :     if (bp_bkend_type == B_BG_WORKER)
                               2664                 :                :     {
  392                          2665         [ +  + ]:           2293 :         if (!EXIT_STATUS_0(exitstatus))
                               2666                 :                :         {
                               2667                 :                :             /* Record timestamp, so we know when to restart the worker. */
                               2668                 :            618 :             rw->rw_crashed_at = GetCurrentTimestamp();
                               2669                 :                :         }
                               2670                 :                :         else
                               2671                 :                :         {
                               2672                 :                :             /* Zero exit status means terminate */
                               2673                 :           1675 :             rw->rw_crashed_at = 0;
                               2674                 :           1675 :             rw->rw_terminate = true;
                               2675                 :                :         }
                               2676                 :                : 
                               2677                 :           2293 :         rw->rw_pid = 0;
                               2678                 :           2293 :         ReportBackgroundWorkerExit(rw); /* report child death */
                               2679                 :                : 
                               2680         [ +  - ]:           2293 :         if (!logged)
                               2681                 :                :         {
                               2682         [ +  + ]:           2293 :             LogChildExit(EXIT_STATUS_0(exitstatus) ? DEBUG1 : LOG,
                               2683                 :                :                          procname, bp_pid, exitstatus);
                               2684                 :           2293 :             logged = true;
                               2685                 :                :         }
                               2686                 :                : 
                               2687                 :                :         /* have it be restarted */
                               2688                 :           2293 :         HaveCrashedWorker = true;
                               2689                 :                :     }
                               2690                 :                : 
                               2691         [ +  + ]:          14568 :     if (!logged)
  296                          2692                 :          12275 :         LogChildExit(DEBUG2, procname, bp_pid, exitstatus);
                               2693                 :                : }
                               2694                 :                : 
                               2695                 :                : /*
                               2696                 :                :  * Transition into FatalError state, in response to something bad having
                               2697                 :                :  * happened. Commonly the caller will have logged the reason for entering
                               2698                 :                :  * FatalError state.
                               2699                 :                :  *
                               2700                 :                :  * This should only be called when not already in FatalError or
                               2701                 :                :  * ImmediateShutdown state.
                               2702                 :                :  */
                               2703                 :                : static void
  225 andres@anarazel.de       2704                 :              7 : HandleFatalError(QuitSignalReason reason, bool consider_sigabrt)
                               2705                 :                : {
                               2706                 :                :     int         sigtosend;
                               2707                 :                : 
                               2708         [ -  + ]:              7 :     Assert(!FatalError);
                               2709         [ -  + ]:              7 :     Assert(Shutdown != ImmediateShutdown);
                               2710                 :                : 
                               2711                 :              7 :     SetQuitSignalReason(reason);
                               2712                 :                : 
                               2713   [ +  -  -  + ]:              7 :     if (consider_sigabrt && send_abort_for_crash)
  225 andres@anarazel.de       2714                 :UBC           0 :         sigtosend = SIGABRT;
                               2715                 :                :     else
  225 andres@anarazel.de       2716                 :CBC           7 :         sigtosend = SIGQUIT;
                               2717                 :                : 
                               2718                 :                :     /*
                               2719                 :                :      * Signal all other child processes to exit.
                               2720                 :                :      *
                               2721                 :                :      * We could exclude dead-end children here, but at least when sending
                               2722                 :                :      * SIGABRT it seems better to include them.
                               2723                 :                :      */
                               2724                 :              7 :     TerminateChildren(sigtosend);
                               2725                 :                : 
                               2726                 :              7 :     FatalError = true;
                               2727                 :                : 
                               2728                 :                :     /*
                               2729                 :                :      * Choose the appropriate new state to react to the fatal error. Unless we
                               2730                 :                :      * were already in the process of shutting down, we go through
                               2731                 :                :      * PM_WAIT_BACKENDS. For errors during the shutdown sequence, we directly
                               2732                 :                :      * switch to PM_WAIT_DEAD_END.
                               2733                 :                :      */
                               2734   [ -  -  +  -  :              7 :     switch (pmState)
                                           -  -  - ]
                               2735                 :                :     {
  225 andres@anarazel.de       2736                 :UBC           0 :         case PM_INIT:
                               2737                 :                :             /* shouldn't have any children */
                               2738                 :              0 :             Assert(false);
                               2739                 :                :             break;
                               2740                 :              0 :         case PM_STARTUP:
                               2741                 :                :             /* should have been handled in process_pm_child_exit */
                               2742                 :              0 :             Assert(false);
                               2743                 :                :             break;
                               2744                 :                : 
                               2745                 :                :             /* wait for children to die */
  225 andres@anarazel.de       2746                 :CBC           7 :         case PM_RECOVERY:
                               2747                 :                :         case PM_HOT_STANDBY:
                               2748                 :                :         case PM_RUN:
                               2749                 :                :         case PM_STOP_BACKENDS:
                               2750                 :              7 :             UpdatePMState(PM_WAIT_BACKENDS);
                               2751                 :              7 :             break;
                               2752                 :                : 
  225 andres@anarazel.de       2753                 :UBC           0 :         case PM_WAIT_BACKENDS:
                               2754                 :                :             /* there might be more backends to wait for */
                               2755                 :              0 :             break;
                               2756                 :                : 
                               2757                 :              0 :         case PM_WAIT_XLOG_SHUTDOWN:
                               2758                 :                :         case PM_WAIT_XLOG_ARCHIVAL:
                               2759                 :                :         case PM_WAIT_CHECKPOINTER:
                               2760                 :                :         case PM_WAIT_IO_WORKERS:
                               2761                 :                : 
                               2762                 :                :             /*
                               2763                 :                :              * NB: Similar code exists in PostmasterStateMachine()'s handling
                               2764                 :                :              * of FatalError in PM_STOP_BACKENDS/PM_WAIT_BACKENDS states.
                               2765                 :                :              */
                               2766                 :              0 :             ConfigurePostmasterWaitSet(false);
                               2767                 :              0 :             UpdatePMState(PM_WAIT_DEAD_END);
                               2768                 :              0 :             break;
                               2769                 :                : 
                               2770                 :              0 :         case PM_WAIT_DEAD_END:
                               2771                 :                :         case PM_NO_CHILDREN:
                               2772                 :              0 :             break;
                               2773                 :                :     }
                               2774                 :                : 
                               2775                 :                :     /*
                               2776                 :                :      * .. and if this doesn't happen quickly enough, now the clock is ticking
                               2777                 :                :      * for us to kill them without mercy.
                               2778                 :                :      */
 4453 alvherre@alvh.no-ip.     2779         [ +  - ]:CBC           7 :     if (AbortStartTime == 0)
                               2780                 :              7 :         AbortStartTime = time(NULL);
10651 scrappy@hub.org          2781                 :              7 : }
                               2782                 :                : 
                               2783                 :                : /*
                               2784                 :                :  * HandleChildCrash -- cleanup after failed backend, bgwriter, checkpointer,
                               2785                 :                :  * walwriter, autovacuum, archiver, slot sync worker, or background worker.
                               2786                 :                :  *
                               2787                 :                :  * The objectives here are to clean up our local state about the child
                               2788                 :                :  * process, and to signal all other remaining children to quickdie.
                               2789                 :                :  *
                               2790                 :                :  * The caller has already released its PMChild slot.
                               2791                 :                :  */
                               2792                 :                : static void
  225 andres@anarazel.de       2793                 :           2911 : HandleChildCrash(int pid, int exitstatus, const char *procname)
                               2794                 :                : {
                               2795                 :                :     /*
                               2796                 :                :      * We only log messages and send signals if this is the first process
                               2797                 :                :      * crash and we're not doing an immediate shutdown; otherwise, we're only
                               2798                 :                :      * here to update postmaster's idea of live processes.  If we have already
                               2799                 :                :      * signaled children, nonzero exit status is to be expected, so don't
                               2800                 :                :      * clutter log.
                               2801                 :                :      */
                               2802   [ +  +  +  + ]:           2911 :     if (FatalError || Shutdown == ImmediateShutdown)
                               2803                 :           2904 :         return;
                               2804                 :                : 
                               2805                 :              7 :     LogChildExit(LOG, procname, pid, exitstatus);
                               2806         [ +  - ]:              7 :     ereport(LOG,
                               2807                 :                :             (errmsg("terminating any other active server processes")));
                               2808                 :                : 
                               2809                 :                :     /*
                               2810                 :                :      * Switch into error state. The crashed process has already been removed
                               2811                 :                :      * from ActiveChildList.
                               2812                 :                :      */
                               2813                 :              7 :     HandleFatalError(PMQUIT_FOR_CRASH, true);
                               2814                 :                : }
                               2815                 :                : 
                               2816                 :                : /*
                               2817                 :                :  * Log the death of a child process.
                               2818                 :                :  */
                               2819                 :                : static void
 8587 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2820                 :          14575 : LogChildExit(int lev, const char *procname, int pid, int exitstatus)
                               2821                 :                : {
                               2822                 :                :     /*
                               2823                 :                :      * size of activity_buffer is arbitrary, but set equal to default
                               2824                 :                :      * track_activity_query_size
                               2825                 :                :      */
                               2826                 :                :     char        activity_buffer[1024];
 5069                          2827                 :          14575 :     const char *activity = NULL;
                               2828                 :                : 
                               2829         [ +  + ]:          14575 :     if (!EXIT_STATUS_0(exitstatus))
                               2830                 :           1113 :         activity = pgstat_get_crashed_backend_activity(pid,
                               2831                 :                :                                                        activity_buffer,
                               2832                 :                :                                                        sizeof(activity_buffer));
                               2833                 :                : 
 8705                          2834         [ +  + ]:          14575 :     if (WIFEXITED(exitstatus))
 8082                          2835   [ +  +  +  + ]:          14572 :         ereport(lev,
                               2836                 :                : 
                               2837                 :                :         /*------
                               2838                 :                :           translator: %s is a noun phrase describing a child process, such as
                               2839                 :                :           "server process" */
                               2840                 :                :                 (errmsg("%s (PID %d) exited with exit code %d",
                               2841                 :                :                         procname, pid, WEXITSTATUS(exitstatus)),
                               2842                 :                :                  activity ? errdetail("Failed process was running: %s", activity) : 0));
 8705                          2843         [ +  - ]:              3 :     else if (WIFSIGNALED(exitstatus))
                               2844                 :                :     {
                               2845                 :                : #if defined(WIN32)
                               2846                 :                :         ereport(lev,
                               2847                 :                : 
                               2848                 :                :         /*------
                               2849                 :                :           translator: %s is a noun phrase describing a child process, such as
                               2850                 :                :           "server process" */
                               2851                 :                :                 (errmsg("%s (PID %d) was terminated by exception 0x%X",
                               2852                 :                :                         procname, pid, WTERMSIG(exitstatus)),
                               2853                 :                :                  errhint("See C include file \"ntstatus.h\" for a description of the hexadecimal value."),
                               2854                 :                :                  activity ? errdetail("Failed process was running: %s", activity) : 0));
                               2855                 :                : #else
 2999                          2856   [ +  -  +  - ]:              3 :         ereport(lev,
                               2857                 :                : 
                               2858                 :                :         /*------
                               2859                 :                :           translator: %s is a noun phrase describing a child process, such as
                               2860                 :                :           "server process" */
                               2861                 :                :                 (errmsg("%s (PID %d) was terminated by signal %d: %s",
                               2862                 :                :                         procname, pid, WTERMSIG(exitstatus),
                               2863                 :                :                         pg_strsignal(WTERMSIG(exitstatus))),
                               2864                 :                :                  activity ? errdetail("Failed process was running: %s", activity) : 0));
                               2865                 :                : #endif
                               2866                 :                :     }
                               2867                 :                :     else
 8082 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2868   [ #  #  #  # ]:UBC           0 :         ereport(lev,
                               2869                 :                : 
                               2870                 :                :         /*------
                               2871                 :                :           translator: %s is a noun phrase describing a child process, such as
                               2872                 :                :           "server process" */
                               2873                 :                :                 (errmsg("%s (PID %d) exited with unrecognized status %d",
                               2874                 :                :                         procname, pid, exitstatus),
                               2875                 :                :                  activity ? errdetail("Failed process was running: %s", activity) : 0));
 8705 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2876                 :CBC       14575 : }
                               2877                 :                : 
                               2878                 :                : /*
                               2879                 :                :  * Advance the postmaster's state machine and take actions as appropriate
                               2880                 :                :  *
                               2881                 :                :  * This is common code for process_pm_shutdown_request(),
                               2882                 :                :  * process_pm_child_exit() and process_pm_pmsignal(), which process the signals
                               2883                 :                :  * that might mean we need to change state.
                               2884                 :                :  */
                               2885                 :                : static void
 6603                          2886                 :          22335 : PostmasterStateMachine(void)
                               2887                 :                : {
                               2888                 :                :     /* If we're doing a smart shutdown, try to advance that state. */
 1849                          2889   [ +  +  +  + ]:          22335 :     if (pmState == PM_RUN || pmState == PM_HOT_STANDBY)
                               2890                 :                :     {
 1249 sfrost@snowman.net       2891         [ +  + ]:          15345 :         if (!connsAllowed)
                               2892                 :                :         {
                               2893                 :                :             /*
                               2894                 :                :              * This state ends when we have no normal client backends running.
                               2895                 :                :              * Then we're ready to stop other children.
                               2896                 :                :              */
  296 heikki.linnakangas@i     2897         [ +  + ]:            100 :             if (CountChildren(btmask(B_BACKEND)) == 0)
  239 andres@anarazel.de       2898                 :             40 :                 UpdatePMState(PM_STOP_BACKENDS);
                               2899                 :                :         }
                               2900                 :                :     }
                               2901                 :                : 
                               2902                 :                :     /*
                               2903                 :                :      * In the PM_WAIT_BACKENDS state, wait for all the regular backends and
                               2904                 :                :      * processes like autovacuum and background workers that are comparable to
                               2905                 :                :      * backends to exit.
                               2906                 :                :      *
                               2907                 :                :      * PM_STOP_BACKENDS is a transient state that means the same as
                               2908                 :                :      * PM_WAIT_BACKENDS, but we signal the processes first, before waiting for
                               2909                 :                :      * them.  Treating it as a distinct pmState allows us to share this code
                               2910                 :                :      * across multiple shutdown code paths.
                               2911                 :                :      */
  296 heikki.linnakangas@i     2912   [ +  +  +  + ]:          22335 :     if (pmState == PM_STOP_BACKENDS || pmState == PM_WAIT_BACKENDS)
                               2913                 :                :     {
                               2914                 :           4519 :         BackendTypeMask targetMask = BTYPE_MASK_NONE;
                               2915                 :                : 
                               2916                 :                :         /*
                               2917                 :                :          * PM_WAIT_BACKENDS state ends when we have no regular backends, no
                               2918                 :                :          * autovac launcher or workers, and no bgworkers (including
                               2919                 :                :          * unconnected ones).
                               2920                 :                :          */
  239 andres@anarazel.de       2921                 :           4519 :         targetMask = btmask_add(targetMask,
                               2922                 :                :                                 B_BACKEND,
                               2923                 :                :                                 B_AUTOVAC_LAUNCHER,
                               2924                 :                :                                 B_AUTOVAC_WORKER,
                               2925                 :                :                                 B_BG_WORKER);
                               2926                 :                : 
                               2927                 :                :         /*
                               2928                 :                :          * No walwriter, bgwriter, slot sync worker, or WAL summarizer either.
                               2929                 :                :          */
                               2930                 :           4519 :         targetMask = btmask_add(targetMask,
                               2931                 :                :                                 B_WAL_WRITER,
                               2932                 :                :                                 B_BG_WRITER,
                               2933                 :                :                                 B_SLOTSYNC_WORKER,
                               2934                 :                :                                 B_WAL_SUMMARIZER);
                               2935                 :                : 
                               2936                 :                :         /* If we're in recovery, also stop startup and walreceiver procs */
                               2937                 :           4519 :         targetMask = btmask_add(targetMask,
                               2938                 :                :                                 B_STARTUP,
                               2939                 :                :                                 B_WAL_RECEIVER);
                               2940                 :                : 
                               2941                 :                :         /*
                               2942                 :                :          * If we are doing crash recovery or an immediate shutdown then we
                               2943                 :                :          * expect archiver, checkpointer, io workers and walsender to exit as
                               2944                 :                :          * well, otherwise not.
                               2945                 :                :          */
  296 heikki.linnakangas@i     2946   [ +  +  +  + ]:           4519 :         if (FatalError || Shutdown >= ImmediateShutdown)
  225 andres@anarazel.de       2947                 :           1766 :             targetMask = btmask_add(targetMask,
                               2948                 :                :                                     B_CHECKPOINTER,
                               2949                 :                :                                     B_ARCHIVER,
                               2950                 :                :                                     B_IO_WORKER,
                               2951                 :                :                                     B_WAL_SENDER);
                               2952                 :                : 
                               2953                 :                :         /*
                               2954                 :                :          * Normally archiver, checkpointer, IO workers and walsenders will
                               2955                 :                :          * continue running; they will be terminated later after writing the
                               2956                 :                :          * checkpoint record.  We also let dead-end children to keep running
                               2957                 :                :          * for now.  The syslogger process exits last.
                               2958                 :                :          *
                               2959                 :                :          * This assertion checks that we have covered all backend types,
                               2960                 :                :          * either by including them in targetMask, or by noting here that they
                               2961                 :                :          * are allowed to continue running.
                               2962                 :                :          */
                               2963                 :                : #ifdef USE_ASSERT_CHECKING
                               2964                 :                :         {
  296 heikki.linnakangas@i     2965                 :           4519 :             BackendTypeMask remainMask = BTYPE_MASK_NONE;
                               2966                 :                : 
  239 andres@anarazel.de       2967                 :           4519 :             remainMask = btmask_add(remainMask,
                               2968                 :                :                                     B_DEAD_END_BACKEND,
                               2969                 :                :                                     B_LOGGER);
                               2970                 :                : 
                               2971                 :                :             /*
                               2972                 :                :              * Archiver, checkpointer, IO workers, and walsender may or may
                               2973                 :                :              * not be in targetMask already.
                               2974                 :                :              */
  225                          2975                 :           4519 :             remainMask = btmask_add(remainMask,
                               2976                 :                :                                     B_ARCHIVER,
                               2977                 :                :                                     B_CHECKPOINTER,
                               2978                 :                :                                     B_IO_WORKER,
                               2979                 :                :                                     B_WAL_SENDER);
                               2980                 :                : 
                               2981                 :                :             /* these are not real postmaster children */
  239                          2982                 :           4519 :             remainMask = btmask_add(remainMask,
                               2983                 :                :                                     B_INVALID,
                               2984                 :                :                                     B_STANDALONE_BACKEND);
                               2985                 :                : 
                               2986                 :                :             /* All types should be included in targetMask or remainMask */
  296 heikki.linnakangas@i     2987         [ -  + ]:           4519 :             Assert((remainMask.mask | targetMask.mask) == BTYPE_MASK_ALL.mask);
                               2988                 :                :         }
                               2989                 :                : #endif
                               2990                 :                : 
                               2991                 :                :         /* If we had not yet signaled the processes to exit, do so now */
                               2992         [ +  + ]:           4519 :         if (pmState == PM_STOP_BACKENDS)
                               2993                 :                :         {
                               2994                 :                :             /*
                               2995                 :                :              * Forget any pending requests for background workers, since we're
                               2996                 :                :              * no longer willing to launch any new workers.  (If additional
                               2997                 :                :              * requests arrive, BackgroundWorkerStateChange will reject them.)
                               2998                 :                :              */
                               2999                 :            488 :             ForgetUnstartedBackgroundWorkers();
                               3000                 :                : 
                               3001                 :            488 :             SignalChildren(SIGTERM, targetMask);
                               3002                 :                : 
  239 andres@anarazel.de       3003                 :            488 :             UpdatePMState(PM_WAIT_BACKENDS);
                               3004                 :                :         }
                               3005                 :                : 
                               3006                 :                :         /* Are any of the target processes still running? */
  296 heikki.linnakangas@i     3007         [ +  + ]:           4519 :         if (CountChildren(targetMask) == 0)
                               3008                 :                :         {
 4453 alvherre@alvh.no-ip.     3009   [ +  +  +  + ]:            809 :             if (Shutdown >= ImmediateShutdown || FatalError)
                               3010                 :                :             {
                               3011                 :                :                 /*
                               3012                 :                :                  * Stop any dead-end children and stop creating new ones.
                               3013                 :                :                  *
                               3014                 :                :                  * NB: Similar code exists in HandleFatalError(), when the
                               3015                 :                :                  * error happens in pmState > PM_WAIT_BACKENDS.
                               3016                 :                :                  */
  239 andres@anarazel.de       3017                 :            321 :                 UpdatePMState(PM_WAIT_DEAD_END);
  296 heikki.linnakangas@i     3018                 :            321 :                 ConfigurePostmasterWaitSet(false);
                               3019                 :            321 :                 SignalChildren(SIGQUIT, btmask(B_DEAD_END_BACKEND));
                               3020                 :                : 
                               3021                 :                :                 /*
                               3022                 :                :                  * We already SIGQUIT'd auxiliary processes (other than
                               3023                 :                :                  * logger), if any, when we started immediate shutdown or
                               3024                 :                :                  * entered FatalError state.
                               3025                 :                :                  */
                               3026                 :                :             }
                               3027                 :                :             else
                               3028                 :                :             {
                               3029                 :                :                 /*
                               3030                 :                :                  * If we get here, we are proceeding with normal shutdown. All
                               3031                 :                :                  * the regular children are gone, and it's time to tell the
                               3032                 :                :                  * checkpointer to do a shutdown checkpoint.
                               3033                 :                :                  */
 6603 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3034         [ -  + ]:            488 :                 Assert(Shutdown > NoShutdown);
                               3035                 :                :                 /* Start the checkpointer if not running */
  296 heikki.linnakangas@i     3036         [ -  + ]:            488 :                 if (CheckpointerPMChild == NULL)
  296 heikki.linnakangas@i     3037                 :UBC           0 :                     CheckpointerPMChild = StartChildProcess(B_CHECKPOINTER);
                               3038                 :                :                 /* And tell it to write the shutdown checkpoint */
  296 heikki.linnakangas@i     3039         [ +  - ]:CBC         488 :                 if (CheckpointerPMChild != NULL)
                               3040                 :                :                 {
  224 andres@anarazel.de       3041                 :            488 :                     signal_child(CheckpointerPMChild, SIGINT);
  239                          3042                 :            488 :                     UpdatePMState(PM_WAIT_XLOG_SHUTDOWN);
                               3043                 :                :                 }
                               3044                 :                :                 else
                               3045                 :                :                 {
                               3046                 :                :                     /*
                               3047                 :                :                      * If we failed to fork a checkpointer, just shut down.
                               3048                 :                :                      * Any required cleanup will happen at next restart. We
                               3049                 :                :                      * set FatalError so that an "abnormal shutdown" message
                               3050                 :                :                      * gets logged when we exit.
                               3051                 :                :                      *
                               3052                 :                :                      * We don't consult send_abort_for_crash here, as it's
                               3053                 :                :                      * unlikely that dumping cores would illuminate the reason
                               3054                 :                :                      * for checkpointer fork failure.
                               3055                 :                :                      *
                               3056                 :                :                      * XXX: It may be worth to introduce a different PMQUIT
                               3057                 :                :                      * value that signals that the cluster is in a bad state,
                               3058                 :                :                      * without a process having crashed. But right now this
                               3059                 :                :                      * path is very unlikely to be reached, so it isn't
                               3060                 :                :                      * obviously worthwhile adding a distinct error message in
                               3061                 :                :                      * quickdie().
                               3062                 :                :                      */
  225 andres@anarazel.de       3063                 :UBC           0 :                     HandleFatalError(PMQUIT_FOR_CRASH, false);
                               3064                 :                :                 }
                               3065                 :                :             }
                               3066                 :                :         }
                               3067                 :                :     }
                               3068                 :                : 
                               3069                 :                :     /*
                               3070                 :                :      * The state transition from PM_WAIT_XLOG_SHUTDOWN to
                               3071                 :                :      * PM_WAIT_XLOG_ARCHIVAL is in process_pm_pmsignal(), in response to
                               3072                 :                :      * PMSIGNAL_XLOG_IS_SHUTDOWN.
                               3073                 :                :      */
                               3074                 :                : 
  239 andres@anarazel.de       3075         [ +  + ]:CBC       22335 :     if (pmState == PM_WAIT_XLOG_ARCHIVAL)
                               3076                 :                :     {
                               3077                 :                :         /*
                               3078                 :                :          * PM_WAIT_XLOG_ARCHIVAL state ends when there are no children other
                               3079                 :                :          * than checkpointer, io workers and dead-end children left. There
                               3080                 :                :          * shouldn't be any regular backends left by now anyway; what we're
                               3081                 :                :          * really waiting for is for walsenders and archiver to exit.
                               3082                 :                :          */
  172                          3083         [ +  + ]:            533 :         if (CountChildren(btmask_all_except(B_CHECKPOINTER, B_IO_WORKER,
                               3084                 :                :                                             B_LOGGER, B_DEAD_END_BACKEND)) == 0)
                               3085                 :                :         {
                               3086                 :            488 :             UpdatePMState(PM_WAIT_IO_WORKERS);
                               3087                 :            488 :             SignalChildren(SIGUSR2, btmask(B_IO_WORKER));
                               3088                 :                :         }
                               3089                 :                :     }
                               3090                 :                : 
                               3091         [ +  + ]:          22335 :     if (pmState == PM_WAIT_IO_WORKERS)
                               3092                 :                :     {
                               3093                 :                :         /*
                               3094                 :                :          * PM_WAIT_IO_WORKERS state ends when there's only checkpointer and
                               3095                 :                :          * dead-end children left.
                               3096                 :                :          */
                               3097         [ +  + ]:           1897 :         if (io_worker_count == 0)
                               3098                 :                :         {
  224                          3099                 :            488 :             UpdatePMState(PM_WAIT_CHECKPOINTER);
                               3100                 :                : 
                               3101                 :                :             /*
                               3102                 :                :              * Now that the processes mentioned above are gone, tell
                               3103                 :                :              * checkpointer to shut down too. That allows checkpointer to
                               3104                 :                :              * perform some last bits of cleanup without other processes
                               3105                 :                :              * interfering.
                               3106                 :                :              */
                               3107         [ +  - ]:            488 :             if (CheckpointerPMChild != NULL)
                               3108                 :            488 :                 signal_child(CheckpointerPMChild, SIGUSR2);
                               3109                 :                :         }
                               3110                 :                :     }
                               3111                 :                : 
                               3112                 :                :     /*
                               3113                 :                :      * The state transition from PM_WAIT_CHECKPOINTER to PM_WAIT_DEAD_END is
                               3114                 :                :      * in process_pm_child_exit().
                               3115                 :                :      */
                               3116                 :                : 
 6603 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3117         [ +  + ]:          22335 :     if (pmState == PM_WAIT_DEAD_END)
                               3118                 :                :     {
                               3119                 :                :         /*
                               3120                 :                :          * PM_WAIT_DEAD_END state ends when all other children are gone except
                               3121                 :                :          * for the logger.  During normal shutdown, all that remains are
                               3122                 :                :          * dead-end backends, but in FatalError processing we jump straight
                               3123                 :                :          * here with more processes remaining.  Note that they have already
                               3124                 :                :          * been sent appropriate shutdown signals, either during a normal
                               3125                 :                :          * state transition leading up to PM_WAIT_DEAD_END, or during
                               3126                 :                :          * FatalError processing.
                               3127                 :                :          *
                               3128                 :                :          * The reason we wait is to protect against a new postmaster starting
                               3129                 :                :          * conflicting subprocesses; this isn't an ironclad protection, but it
                               3130                 :                :          * at least helps in the shutdown-and-immediately-restart scenario.
                               3131                 :                :          */
  296 heikki.linnakangas@i     3132         [ +  + ]:            829 :         if (CountChildren(btmask_all_except(B_LOGGER)) == 0)
                               3133                 :                :         {
                               3134                 :                :             /* These other guys should be dead already */
                               3135         [ -  + ]:            809 :             Assert(StartupPMChild == NULL);
                               3136         [ -  + ]:            809 :             Assert(WalReceiverPMChild == NULL);
                               3137         [ -  + ]:            809 :             Assert(WalSummarizerPMChild == NULL);
                               3138         [ -  + ]:            809 :             Assert(BgWriterPMChild == NULL);
                               3139         [ -  + ]:            809 :             Assert(CheckpointerPMChild == NULL);
                               3140         [ -  + ]:            809 :             Assert(WalWriterPMChild == NULL);
                               3141         [ -  + ]:            809 :             Assert(AutoVacLauncherPMChild == NULL);
                               3142         [ -  + ]:            809 :             Assert(SlotSyncWorkerPMChild == NULL);
                               3143                 :                :             /* syslogger is not considered here */
  239 andres@anarazel.de       3144                 :            809 :             UpdatePMState(PM_NO_CHILDREN);
                               3145                 :                :         }
                               3146                 :                :     }
                               3147                 :                : 
                               3148                 :                :     /*
                               3149                 :                :      * If we've been told to shut down, we exit as soon as there are no
                               3150                 :                :      * remaining children.  If there was a crash, cleanup will occur at the
                               3151                 :                :      * next startup.  (Before PostgreSQL 8.3, we tried to recover from the
                               3152                 :                :      * crash before exiting, but that seems unwise if we are quitting because
                               3153                 :                :      * we got SIGTERM from init --- there may well not be time for recovery
                               3154                 :                :      * before init decides to SIGKILL us.)
                               3155                 :                :      *
                               3156                 :                :      * Note that the syslogger continues to run.  It will exit when it sees
                               3157                 :                :      * EOF on its input pipe, which happens when there are no more upstream
                               3158                 :                :      * processes.
                               3159                 :                :      */
 6603 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3160   [ +  +  +  + ]:          22335 :     if (Shutdown > NoShutdown && pmState == PM_NO_CHILDREN)
                               3161                 :                :     {
                               3162         [ -  + ]:            802 :         if (FatalError)
                               3163                 :                :         {
 6603 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3164         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :             ereport(LOG, (errmsg("abnormal database system shutdown")));
                               3165                 :              0 :             ExitPostmaster(1);
                               3166                 :                :         }
                               3167                 :                :         else
                               3168                 :                :         {
                               3169                 :                :             /*
                               3170                 :                :              * Normal exit from the postmaster is here.  We don't need to log
                               3171                 :                :              * anything here, since the UnlinkLockFiles proc_exit callback
                               3172                 :                :              * will do so, and that should be the last user-visible action.
                               3173                 :                :              */
 6603 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3174                 :CBC         802 :             ExitPostmaster(0);
                               3175                 :                :         }
                               3176                 :                :     }
                               3177                 :                : 
                               3178                 :                :     /*
                               3179                 :                :      * If the startup process failed, or the user does not want an automatic
                               3180                 :                :      * restart after backend crashes, wait for all non-syslogger children to
                               3181                 :                :      * exit, and then exit postmaster.  We don't try to reinitialize when the
                               3182                 :                :      * startup process fails, because more than likely it will just fail again
                               3183                 :                :      * and we will keep trying forever.
                               3184                 :                :      */
 1567                          3185         [ +  + ]:          21533 :     if (pmState == PM_NO_CHILDREN)
                               3186                 :                :     {
                               3187         [ +  + ]:              7 :         if (StartupStatus == STARTUP_CRASHED)
                               3188                 :                :         {
                               3189         [ +  - ]:              3 :             ereport(LOG,
                               3190                 :                :                     (errmsg("shutting down due to startup process failure")));
                               3191                 :              3 :             ExitPostmaster(1);
                               3192                 :                :         }
                               3193         [ -  + ]:              4 :         if (!restart_after_crash)
                               3194                 :                :         {
 1567 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3195         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :             ereport(LOG,
                               3196                 :                :                     (errmsg("shutting down because \"restart_after_crash\" is off")));
                               3197                 :              0 :             ExitPostmaster(1);
                               3198                 :                :         }
                               3199                 :                :     }
                               3200                 :                : 
                               3201                 :                :     /*
                               3202                 :                :      * If we need to recover from a crash, wait for all non-syslogger children
                               3203                 :                :      * to exit, then reset shmem and start the startup process.
                               3204                 :                :      */
 6603 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3205   [ +  +  +  + ]:CBC       21530 :     if (FatalError && pmState == PM_NO_CHILDREN)
                               3206                 :                :     {
                               3207         [ +  - ]:              4 :         ereport(LOG,
                               3208                 :                :                 (errmsg("all server processes terminated; reinitializing")));
                               3209                 :                : 
                               3210                 :                :         /* remove leftover temporary files after a crash */
 1633 tomas.vondra@postgre     3211         [ +  + ]:              4 :         if (remove_temp_files_after_crash)
                               3212                 :              3 :             RemovePgTempFiles();
                               3213                 :                : 
                               3214                 :                :         /* allow background workers to immediately restart */
 4140 rhaas@postgresql.org     3215                 :              4 :         ResetBackgroundWorkerCrashTimes();
                               3216                 :                : 
 6089 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3217                 :              4 :         shmem_exit(1);
                               3218                 :                : 
                               3219                 :                :         /* re-read control file into local memory */
 2911 andres@anarazel.de       3220                 :              4 :         LocalProcessControlFile(true);
                               3221                 :                : 
                               3222                 :                :         /* re-create shared memory and semaphores */
 1148 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3223                 :              4 :         CreateSharedMemoryAndSemaphores();
                               3224                 :                : 
  172 andres@anarazel.de       3225                 :              4 :         UpdatePMState(PM_STARTUP);
                               3226                 :                : 
                               3227                 :                :         /* Make sure we can perform I/O while starting up. */
                               3228                 :              4 :         maybe_adjust_io_workers();
                               3229                 :                : 
  296 heikki.linnakangas@i     3230                 :              4 :         StartupPMChild = StartChildProcess(B_STARTUP);
                               3231         [ -  + ]:              4 :         Assert(StartupPMChild != NULL);
 3712 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3232                 :              4 :         StartupStatus = STARTUP_RUNNING;
                               3233                 :                :         /* crash recovery started, reset SIGKILL flag */
 4354 alvherre@alvh.no-ip.     3234                 :              4 :         AbortStartTime = 0;
                               3235                 :                : 
                               3236                 :                :         /* start accepting server socket connection events again */
  968 tmunro@postgresql.or     3237                 :              4 :         ConfigurePostmasterWaitSet(true);
                               3238                 :                :     }
 6603 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3239                 :          21530 : }
                               3240                 :                : 
                               3241                 :                : static const char *
  239 andres@anarazel.de       3242                 :            940 : pmstate_name(PMState state)
                               3243                 :                : {
                               3244                 :                : #define PM_TOSTR_CASE(sym) case sym: return #sym
                               3245   [ +  +  +  +  :            940 :     switch (state)
                                     +  +  +  +  +  
                                        +  +  +  +  
                                                 - ]
                               3246                 :                :     {
                               3247                 :             53 :             PM_TOSTR_CASE(PM_INIT);
                               3248                 :            106 :             PM_TOSTR_CASE(PM_STARTUP);
                               3249                 :             16 :             PM_TOSTR_CASE(PM_RECOVERY);
                               3250                 :             12 :             PM_TOSTR_CASE(PM_HOT_STANDBY);
                               3251                 :             99 :             PM_TOSTR_CASE(PM_RUN);
                               3252                 :             76 :             PM_TOSTR_CASE(PM_STOP_BACKENDS);
                               3253                 :            112 :             PM_TOSTR_CASE(PM_WAIT_BACKENDS);
                               3254                 :             76 :             PM_TOSTR_CASE(PM_WAIT_XLOG_SHUTDOWN);
                               3255                 :             76 :             PM_TOSTR_CASE(PM_WAIT_XLOG_ARCHIVAL);
  172                          3256                 :             76 :             PM_TOSTR_CASE(PM_WAIT_IO_WORKERS);
  239                          3257                 :            108 :             PM_TOSTR_CASE(PM_WAIT_DEAD_END);
  224                          3258                 :             76 :             PM_TOSTR_CASE(PM_WAIT_CHECKPOINTER);
  239                          3259                 :             54 :             PM_TOSTR_CASE(PM_NO_CHILDREN);
                               3260                 :                :     }
                               3261                 :                : #undef PM_TOSTR_CASE
                               3262                 :                : 
  239 andres@anarazel.de       3263                 :UBC           0 :     pg_unreachable();
                               3264                 :                :     return "";                    /* silence compiler */
                               3265                 :                : }
                               3266                 :                : 
                               3267                 :                : /*
                               3268                 :                :  * Simple wrapper for updating pmState. The main reason to have this wrapper
                               3269                 :                :  * is that it makes it easy to log all state transitions.
                               3270                 :                :  */
                               3271                 :                : static void
  239 andres@anarazel.de       3272                 :CBC        6820 : UpdatePMState(PMState newState)
                               3273                 :                : {
                               3274         [ +  + ]:           6820 :     elog(DEBUG1, "updating PMState from %s to %s",
                               3275                 :                :          pmstate_name(pmState), pmstate_name(newState));
                               3276                 :           6820 :     pmState = newState;
                               3277                 :           6820 : }
                               3278                 :                : 
                               3279                 :                : /*
                               3280                 :                :  * Launch background processes after state change, or relaunch after an
                               3281                 :                :  * existing process has exited.
                               3282                 :                :  *
                               3283                 :                :  * Check the current pmState and the status of any background processes.  If
                               3284                 :                :  * there are any background processes missing that should be running in the
                               3285                 :                :  * current state, but are not, launch them.
                               3286                 :                :  */
                               3287                 :                : static void
  390 heikki.linnakangas@i     3288                 :          36066 : LaunchMissingBackgroundProcesses(void)
                               3289                 :                : {
                               3290                 :                :     /* Syslogger is active in all states */
  296                          3291   [ +  +  -  + ]:          36066 :     if (SysLoggerPMChild == NULL && Logging_collector)
  296 heikki.linnakangas@i     3292                 :UBC           0 :         StartSysLogger();
                               3293                 :                : 
                               3294                 :                :     /*
                               3295                 :                :      * The number of configured workers might have changed, or a prior start
                               3296                 :                :      * of a worker might have failed. Check if we need to start/stop any
                               3297                 :                :      * workers.
                               3298                 :                :      *
                               3299                 :                :      * A config file change will always lead to this function being called, so
                               3300                 :                :      * we always will process the config change in a timely manner.
                               3301                 :                :      */
  172 andres@anarazel.de       3302                 :CBC       36066 :     maybe_adjust_io_workers();
                               3303                 :                : 
                               3304                 :                :     /*
                               3305                 :                :      * The checkpointer and the background writer are active from the start,
                               3306                 :                :      * until shutdown is initiated.
                               3307                 :                :      *
                               3308                 :                :      * (If the checkpointer is not running when we enter the
                               3309                 :                :      * PM_WAIT_XLOG_SHUTDOWN state, it is launched one more time to perform
                               3310                 :                :      * the shutdown checkpoint.  That's done in PostmasterStateMachine(), not
                               3311                 :                :      * here.)
                               3312                 :                :      */
  390 heikki.linnakangas@i     3313   [ +  +  +  + ]:          36066 :     if (pmState == PM_RUN || pmState == PM_RECOVERY ||
                               3314   [ +  +  +  + ]:           7709 :         pmState == PM_HOT_STANDBY || pmState == PM_STARTUP)
                               3315                 :                :     {
  296                          3316         [ +  + ]:          29867 :         if (CheckpointerPMChild == NULL)
                               3317                 :              4 :             CheckpointerPMChild = StartChildProcess(B_CHECKPOINTER);
                               3318         [ +  + ]:          29867 :         if (BgWriterPMChild == NULL)
                               3319                 :              4 :             BgWriterPMChild = StartChildProcess(B_BG_WRITER);
                               3320                 :                :     }
                               3321                 :                : 
                               3322                 :                :     /*
                               3323                 :                :      * WAL writer is needed only in normal operation (else we cannot be
                               3324                 :                :      * writing any new WAL).
                               3325                 :                :      */
                               3326   [ +  +  +  + ]:          36066 :     if (WalWriterPMChild == NULL && pmState == PM_RUN)
                               3327                 :            708 :         WalWriterPMChild = StartChildProcess(B_WAL_WRITER);
                               3328                 :                : 
                               3329                 :                :     /*
                               3330                 :                :      * We don't want autovacuum to run in binary upgrade mode because
                               3331                 :                :      * autovacuum might update relfrozenxid for empty tables before the
                               3332                 :                :      * physical files are put in place.
                               3333                 :                :      */
                               3334   [ +  +  +  +  :          44524 :     if (!IsBinaryUpgrade && AutoVacLauncherPMChild == NULL &&
                                              +  + ]
  390                          3335         [ -  + ]:          11583 :         (AutoVacuumingActive() || start_autovac_launcher) &&
                               3336         [ +  + ]:           5333 :         pmState == PM_RUN)
                               3337                 :                :     {
  296                          3338                 :            584 :         AutoVacLauncherPMChild = StartChildProcess(B_AUTOVAC_LAUNCHER);
                               3339         [ +  - ]:            584 :         if (AutoVacLauncherPMChild != NULL)
  390                          3340                 :            584 :             start_autovac_launcher = false; /* signal processed */
                               3341                 :                :     }
                               3342                 :                : 
                               3343                 :                :     /*
                               3344                 :                :      * If WAL archiving is enabled always, we are allowed to start archiver
                               3345                 :                :      * even during recovery.
                               3346                 :                :      */
  296                          3347         [ +  + ]:          36066 :     if (PgArchPMChild == NULL &&
  390                          3348   [ +  +  -  +  :          35332 :         ((XLogArchivingActive() && pmState == PM_RUN) ||
                                        +  +  +  + ]
                               3349   [ +  +  -  +  :          35332 :          (XLogArchivingAlways() && (pmState == PM_RECOVERY || pmState == PM_HOT_STANDBY))) &&
                                     +  +  +  -  -  
                                           +  +  - ]
                               3350                 :             48 :         PgArchCanRestart())
  296                          3351                 :             48 :         PgArchPMChild = StartChildProcess(B_ARCHIVER);
                               3352                 :                : 
                               3353                 :                :     /*
                               3354                 :                :      * If we need to start a slot sync worker, try to do that now
                               3355                 :                :      *
                               3356                 :                :      * We allow to start the slot sync worker when we are on a hot standby,
                               3357                 :                :      * fast or immediate shutdown is not in progress, slot sync parameters are
                               3358                 :                :      * configured correctly, and it is the first time of worker's launch, or
                               3359                 :                :      * enough time has passed since the worker was launched last.
                               3360                 :                :      */
                               3361   [ +  +  +  + ]:          36066 :     if (SlotSyncWorkerPMChild == NULL && pmState == PM_HOT_STANDBY &&
  390                          3362   [ +  -  +  +  :           1248 :         Shutdown <= SmartShutdown && sync_replication_slots &&
                                              +  + ]
                               3363         [ +  + ]:             15 :         ValidateSlotSyncParams(LOG) && SlotSyncWorkerCanRestart())
  296                          3364                 :              4 :         SlotSyncWorkerPMChild = StartChildProcess(B_SLOTSYNC_WORKER);
                               3365                 :                : 
                               3366                 :                :     /*
                               3367                 :                :      * If we need to start a WAL receiver, try to do that now
                               3368                 :                :      *
                               3369                 :                :      * Note: if a walreceiver process is already running, it might seem that
                               3370                 :                :      * we should clear WalReceiverRequested.  However, there's a race
                               3371                 :                :      * condition if the walreceiver terminates and the startup process
                               3372                 :                :      * immediately requests a new one: it's quite possible to get the signal
                               3373                 :                :      * for the request before reaping the dead walreceiver process.  Better to
                               3374                 :                :      * risk launching an extra walreceiver than to miss launching one we need.
                               3375                 :                :      * (The walreceiver code has logic to recognize that it should go away if
                               3376                 :                :      * not needed.)
                               3377                 :                :      */
  390                          3378         [ +  + ]:          36066 :     if (WalReceiverRequested)
                               3379                 :                :     {
  296                          3380         [ +  + ]:            370 :         if (WalReceiverPMChild == NULL &&
  390                          3381   [ +  +  +  - ]:            248 :             (pmState == PM_STARTUP || pmState == PM_RECOVERY ||
                               3382         [ +  + ]:            247 :              pmState == PM_HOT_STANDBY) &&
                               3383         [ +  - ]:            231 :             Shutdown <= SmartShutdown)
                               3384                 :                :         {
  296                          3385                 :            231 :             WalReceiverPMChild = StartChildProcess(B_WAL_RECEIVER);
                               3386         [ +  - ]:            231 :             if (WalReceiverPMChild != 0)
  390                          3387                 :            231 :                 WalReceiverRequested = false;
                               3388                 :                :             /* else leave the flag set, so we'll try again later */
                               3389                 :                :         }
                               3390                 :                :     }
                               3391                 :                : 
                               3392                 :                :     /* If we need to start a WAL summarizer, try to do that now */
  296                          3393   [ +  +  +  + ]:          36066 :     if (summarize_wal && WalSummarizerPMChild == NULL &&
  390                          3394   [ +  +  +  + ]:             90 :         (pmState == PM_RUN || pmState == PM_HOT_STANDBY) &&
                               3395         [ +  - ]:             19 :         Shutdown <= SmartShutdown)
  296                          3396                 :             19 :         WalSummarizerPMChild = StartChildProcess(B_WAL_SUMMARIZER);
                               3397                 :                : 
                               3398                 :                :     /* Get other worker processes running, if needed */
  390                          3399   [ +  +  +  + ]:          36066 :     if (StartWorkerNeeded || HaveCrashedWorker)
                               3400                 :           6355 :         maybe_start_bgworkers();
                               3401                 :          36066 : }
                               3402                 :                : 
                               3403                 :                : /*
                               3404                 :                :  * Return string representation of signal.
                               3405                 :                :  *
                               3406                 :                :  * Because this is only implemented for signals we already rely on in this
                               3407                 :                :  * file we don't need to deal with unimplemented or same-numeric-value signals
                               3408                 :                :  * (as we'd e.g. have to for EWOULDBLOCK / EAGAIN).
                               3409                 :                :  */
                               3410                 :                : static const char *
  239 andres@anarazel.de       3411                 :             24 : pm_signame(int signal)
                               3412                 :                : {
                               3413                 :                : #define PM_TOSTR_CASE(sym) case sym: return #sym
                               3414   [ -  -  -  +  :             24 :     switch (signal)
                                     -  -  +  -  +  
                                                 - ]
                               3415                 :                :     {
  239 andres@anarazel.de       3416                 :UBC           0 :             PM_TOSTR_CASE(SIGABRT);
                               3417                 :              0 :             PM_TOSTR_CASE(SIGCHLD);
                               3418                 :              0 :             PM_TOSTR_CASE(SIGHUP);
  239 andres@anarazel.de       3419                 :CBC           3 :             PM_TOSTR_CASE(SIGINT);
  239 andres@anarazel.de       3420                 :UBC           0 :             PM_TOSTR_CASE(SIGKILL);
                               3421                 :              0 :             PM_TOSTR_CASE(SIGQUIT);
  239 andres@anarazel.de       3422                 :CBC          15 :             PM_TOSTR_CASE(SIGTERM);
  239 andres@anarazel.de       3423                 :UBC           0 :             PM_TOSTR_CASE(SIGUSR1);
  239 andres@anarazel.de       3424                 :CBC           6 :             PM_TOSTR_CASE(SIGUSR2);
  239 andres@anarazel.de       3425                 :UBC           0 :         default:
                               3426                 :                :             /* all signals sent by postmaster should be listed here */
                               3427                 :              0 :             Assert(false);
                               3428                 :                :             return "(unknown)";
                               3429                 :                :     }
                               3430                 :                : #undef PM_TOSTR_CASE
                               3431                 :                : 
                               3432                 :                :     return "";                    /* silence compiler */
                               3433                 :                : }
                               3434                 :                : 
                               3435                 :                : /*
                               3436                 :                :  * Send a signal to a postmaster child process
                               3437                 :                :  *
                               3438                 :                :  * On systems that have setsid(), each child process sets itself up as a
                               3439                 :                :  * process group leader.  For signals that are generally interpreted in the
                               3440                 :                :  * appropriate fashion, we signal the entire process group not just the
                               3441                 :                :  * direct child process.  This allows us to, for example, SIGQUIT a blocked
                               3442                 :                :  * archive_recovery script, or SIGINT a script being run by a backend via
                               3443                 :                :  * system().
                               3444                 :                :  *
                               3445                 :                :  * There is a race condition for recently-forked children: they might not
                               3446                 :                :  * have executed setsid() yet.  So we signal the child directly as well as
                               3447                 :                :  * the group.  We assume such a child will handle the signal before trying
                               3448                 :                :  * to spawn any grandchild processes.  We also assume that signaling the
                               3449                 :                :  * child twice will not cause any problems.
                               3450                 :                :  */
                               3451                 :                : static void
  296 heikki.linnakangas@i     3452                 :CBC        9195 : signal_child(PMChild *pmchild, int signal)
                               3453                 :                : {
                               3454                 :           9195 :     pid_t       pid = pmchild->pid;
                               3455                 :                : 
  239 andres@anarazel.de       3456         [ +  + ]:           9195 :     ereport(DEBUG3,
                               3457                 :                :             (errmsg_internal("sending signal %d/%s to %s process with pid %d",
                               3458                 :                :                              signal, pm_signame(signal),
                               3459                 :                :                              GetBackendTypeDesc(pmchild->bkend_type),
                               3460                 :                :                              (int) pmchild->pid)));
                               3461                 :                : 
 6864 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3462         [ -  + ]:           9195 :     if (kill(pid, signal) < 0)
 6864 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3463         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         elog(DEBUG3, "kill(%ld,%d) failed: %m", (long) pid, signal);
                               3464                 :                : #ifdef HAVE_SETSID
 6864 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3465         [ +  + ]:CBC        9195 :     switch (signal)
                               3466                 :                :     {
                               3467                 :           5787 :         case SIGINT:
                               3468                 :                :         case SIGTERM:
                               3469                 :                :         case SIGQUIT:
                               3470                 :                :         case SIGKILL:
                               3471                 :                :         case SIGABRT:
                               3472         [ +  + ]:           5787 :             if (kill(-pid, signal) < 0)
 6864 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3473         [ -  + ]:GBC           5 :                 elog(DEBUG3, "kill(%ld,%d) failed: %m", (long) (-pid), signal);
 6864 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3474                 :CBC        5787 :             break;
                               3475                 :           3408 :         default:
                               3476                 :           3408 :             break;
                               3477                 :                :     }
                               3478                 :                : #endif
                               3479                 :           9195 : }
                               3480                 :                : 
                               3481                 :                : /*
                               3482                 :                :  * Send a signal to the targeted children.
                               3483                 :                :  */
                               3484                 :                : static bool
  296 heikki.linnakangas@i     3485                 :           2729 : SignalChildren(int signal, BackendTypeMask targetMask)
                               3486                 :                : {
                               3487                 :                :     dlist_iter  iter;
 5713                          3488                 :           2729 :     bool        signaled = false;
                               3489                 :                : 
  296                          3490   [ +  -  +  + ]:          15401 :     dlist_foreach(iter, &ActiveChildList)
                               3491                 :                :     {
                               3492                 :          12672 :         PMChild    *bp = dlist_container(PMChild, elem, iter.cur);
                               3493                 :                : 
                               3494                 :                :         /*
                               3495                 :                :          * If we need to distinguish between B_BACKEND and B_WAL_SENDER, check
                               3496                 :                :          * if any B_BACKEND backends have recently announced that they are
                               3497                 :                :          * actually WAL senders.
                               3498                 :                :          */
                               3499         [ +  + ]:          12672 :         if (btmask_contains(targetMask, B_WAL_SENDER) != btmask_contains(targetMask, B_BACKEND) &&
                               3500         [ +  + ]:           6377 :             bp->bkend_type == B_BACKEND)
                               3501                 :                :         {
                               3502         [ +  + ]:            568 :             if (IsPostmasterChildWalSender(bp->child_slot))
                               3503                 :             32 :                 bp->bkend_type = B_WAL_SENDER;
                               3504                 :                :         }
                               3505                 :                : 
                               3506         [ +  + ]:          12672 :         if (!btmask_contains(targetMask, bp->bkend_type))
                               3507                 :           4507 :             continue;
                               3508                 :                : 
                               3509                 :           8165 :         signal_child(bp, signal);
 5713                          3510                 :           8165 :         signaled = true;
                               3511                 :                :     }
                               3512                 :           2729 :     return signaled;
                               3513                 :                : }
                               3514                 :                : 
                               3515                 :                : /*
                               3516                 :                :  * Send a termination signal to children.  This considers all of our children
                               3517                 :                :  * processes, except syslogger.
                               3518                 :                :  */
                               3519                 :                : static void
 4453 alvherre@alvh.no-ip.     3520                 :            321 : TerminateChildren(int signal)
                               3521                 :                : {
  296 heikki.linnakangas@i     3522                 :            321 :     SignalChildren(signal, btmask_all_except(B_LOGGER));
                               3523         [ +  + ]:            321 :     if (StartupPMChild != NULL)
                               3524                 :                :     {
 1020 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3525   [ -  +  -  -  :             44 :         if (signal == SIGQUIT || signal == SIGKILL || signal == SIGABRT)
                                              -  - ]
 3712                          3526                 :             44 :             StartupStatus = STARTUP_SIGNALED;
                               3527                 :                :     }
 4453 alvherre@alvh.no-ip.     3528                 :            321 : }
                               3529                 :                : 
                               3530                 :                : /*
                               3531                 :                :  * BackendStartup -- start backend process
                               3532                 :                :  *
                               3533                 :                :  * returns: STATUS_ERROR if the fork failed, STATUS_OK otherwise.
                               3534                 :                :  *
                               3535                 :                :  * Note: if you change this code, also consider StartAutovacuumWorker and
                               3536                 :                :  * StartBackgroundWorker.
                               3537                 :                :  */
                               3538                 :                : static int
  543 heikki.linnakangas@i     3539                 :          12614 : BackendStartup(ClientSocket *client_sock)
                               3540                 :                : {
  296                          3541                 :          12614 :     PMChild    *bn = NULL;
                               3542                 :                :     pid_t       pid;
                               3543                 :                :     BackendStartupData startup_data;
                               3544                 :                :     CAC_state   cac;
                               3545                 :                : 
                               3546                 :                :     /*
                               3547                 :                :      * Capture time that Postmaster got a socket from accept (for logging
                               3548                 :                :      * connection establishment and setup total duration).
                               3549                 :                :      */
  178 melanieplageman@gmai     3550                 :          12614 :     startup_data.socket_created = GetCurrentTimestamp();
                               3551                 :                : 
                               3552                 :                :     /*
                               3553                 :                :      * Allocate and assign the child slot.  Note we must do this before
                               3554                 :                :      * forking, so that we can handle failures (out of memory or child-process
                               3555                 :                :      * slots) cleanly.
                               3556                 :                :      */
  296 heikki.linnakangas@i     3557                 :          12614 :     cac = canAcceptConnections(B_BACKEND);
                               3558         [ +  + ]:          12614 :     if (cac == CAC_OK)
                               3559                 :                :     {
                               3560                 :                :         /* Can change later to B_WAL_SENDER */
                               3561                 :          12353 :         bn = AssignPostmasterChildSlot(B_BACKEND);
                               3562         [ +  + ]:          12353 :         if (!bn)
                               3563                 :                :         {
                               3564                 :                :             /*
                               3565                 :                :              * Too many regular child processes; launch a dead-end child
                               3566                 :                :              * process instead.
                               3567                 :                :              */
                               3568                 :             29 :             cac = CAC_TOOMANY;
                               3569                 :                :         }
                               3570                 :                :     }
 8721 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3571         [ +  + ]:          12614 :     if (!bn)
                               3572                 :                :     {
  296 heikki.linnakangas@i     3573                 :            290 :         bn = AllocDeadEndChild();
                               3574         [ -  + ]:            290 :         if (!bn)
                               3575                 :                :         {
  296 heikki.linnakangas@i     3576         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :             ereport(LOG,
                               3577                 :                :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_OUT_OF_MEMORY),
                               3578                 :                :                      errmsg("out of memory")));
                               3579                 :              0 :             return STATUS_ERROR;
                               3580                 :                :         }
                               3581                 :                :     }
                               3582                 :                : 
                               3583                 :                :     /* Pass down canAcceptConnections state */
  296 heikki.linnakangas@i     3584                 :CBC       12614 :     startup_data.canAcceptConnections = cac;
  392                          3585                 :          12614 :     bn->rw = NULL;
                               3586                 :                : 
                               3587                 :                :     /* Hasn't asked to be notified about any bgworkers yet */
 4392 rhaas@postgresql.org     3588                 :          12614 :     bn->bgworker_notify = false;
                               3589                 :                : 
  296 heikki.linnakangas@i     3590                 :          12614 :     pid = postmaster_child_launch(bn->bkend_type, bn->child_slot,
                               3591                 :                :                                   &startup_data, sizeof(startup_data),
                               3592                 :                :                                   client_sock);
10226 bruce@momjian.us         3593         [ -  + ]:          12614 :     if (pid < 0)
                               3594                 :                :     {
                               3595                 :                :         /* in parent, fork failed */
 8644 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3596                 :UBC           0 :         int         save_errno = errno;
                               3597                 :                : 
  296 heikki.linnakangas@i     3598                 :              0 :         (void) ReleasePostmasterChildSlot(bn);
 8082 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3599                 :              0 :         errno = save_errno;
                               3600         [ #  # ]:              0 :         ereport(LOG,
                               3601                 :                :                 (errmsg("could not fork new process for connection: %m")));
  543 heikki.linnakangas@i     3602                 :              0 :         report_fork_failure_to_client(client_sock, save_errno);
 9867 bruce@momjian.us         3603                 :              0 :         return STATUS_ERROR;
                               3604                 :                :     }
                               3605                 :                : 
                               3606                 :                :     /* in parent, successful fork */
 8061 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3607         [ +  + ]:CBC       12614 :     ereport(DEBUG2,
                               3608                 :                :             (errmsg_internal("forked new %s, pid=%d socket=%d",
                               3609                 :                :                              GetBackendTypeDesc(bn->bkend_type),
                               3610                 :                :                              (int) pid, (int) client_sock->sock)));
                               3611                 :                : 
                               3612                 :                :     /*
                               3613                 :                :      * Everything's been successful, it's safe to add this backend to our list
                               3614                 :                :      * of backends.
                               3615                 :                :      */
10226 bruce@momjian.us         3616                 :          12614 :     bn->pid = pid;
 9867                          3617                 :          12614 :     return STATUS_OK;
                               3618                 :                : }
                               3619                 :                : 
                               3620                 :                : /*
                               3621                 :                :  * Try to report backend fork() failure to client before we close the
                               3622                 :                :  * connection.  Since we do not care to risk blocking the postmaster on
                               3623                 :                :  * this connection, we set the connection to non-blocking and try only once.
                               3624                 :                :  *
                               3625                 :                :  * This is grungy special-purpose code; we cannot use backend libpq since
                               3626                 :                :  * it's not up and running.
                               3627                 :                :  */
                               3628                 :                : static void
  543 heikki.linnakangas@i     3629                 :UBC           0 : report_fork_failure_to_client(ClientSocket *client_sock, int errnum)
                               3630                 :                : {
                               3631                 :                :     char        buffer[1000];
                               3632                 :                :     int         rc;
                               3633                 :                : 
                               3634                 :                :     /* Format the error message packet (always V2 protocol) */
 8644 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3635                 :              0 :     snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "E%s%s\n",
                               3636                 :                :              _("could not fork new process for connection: "),
                               3637                 :                :              strerror(errnum));
                               3638                 :                : 
                               3639                 :                :     /* Set port to non-blocking.  Don't do send() if this fails */
  543 heikki.linnakangas@i     3640         [ #  # ]:              0 :     if (!pg_set_noblock(client_sock->sock))
 8644 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3641                 :              0 :         return;
                               3642                 :                : 
                               3643                 :                :     /* We'll retry after EINTR, but ignore all other failures */
                               3644                 :                :     do
                               3645                 :                :     {
  543 heikki.linnakangas@i     3646                 :              0 :         rc = send(client_sock->sock, buffer, strlen(buffer) + 1, 0);
 6992 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3647   [ #  #  #  # ]:              0 :     } while (rc < 0 && errno == EINTR);
                               3648                 :                : }
                               3649                 :                : 
                               3650                 :                : /*
                               3651                 :                :  * ExitPostmaster -- cleanup
                               3652                 :                :  *
                               3653                 :                :  * Do NOT call exit() directly --- always go through here!
                               3654                 :                :  */
                               3655                 :                : static void
10651 scrappy@hub.org          3656                 :CBC         807 : ExitPostmaster(int status)
                               3657                 :                : {
                               3658                 :                : #ifdef HAVE_PTHREAD_IS_THREADED_NP
                               3659                 :                : 
                               3660                 :                :     /*
                               3661                 :                :      * There is no known cause for a postmaster to become multithreaded after
                               3662                 :                :      * startup.  However, we might reach here via an error exit before
                               3663                 :                :      * reaching the test in PostmasterMain, so provide the same hint as there.
                               3664                 :                :      * This message uses LOG level, because an unclean shutdown at this point
                               3665                 :                :      * would usually not look much different from a clean shutdown.
                               3666                 :                :      */
                               3667                 :                :     if (pthread_is_threaded_np() != 0)
                               3668                 :                :         ereport(LOG,
                               3669                 :                :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
                               3670                 :                :                  errmsg("postmaster became multithreaded"),
                               3671                 :                :                  errhint("Set the LC_ALL environment variable to a valid locale.")));
                               3672                 :                : #endif
                               3673                 :                : 
                               3674                 :                :     /* should cleanup shared memory and kill all backends */
                               3675                 :                : 
                               3676                 :                :     /*
                               3677                 :                :      * Not sure of the semantics here.  When the Postmaster dies, should the
                               3678                 :                :      * backends all be killed? probably not.
                               3679                 :                :      *
                               3680                 :                :      * MUST     -- vadim 05-10-1999
                               3681                 :                :      */
                               3682                 :                : 
 9933 bruce@momjian.us         3683                 :            807 :     proc_exit(status);
                               3684                 :                : }
                               3685                 :                : 
                               3686                 :                : /*
                               3687                 :                :  * Handle pmsignal conditions representing requests from backends,
                               3688                 :                :  * and check for promote and logrotate requests from pg_ctl.
                               3689                 :                :  */
                               3690                 :                : static void
  968 tmunro@postgresql.or     3691                 :           3496 : process_pm_pmsignal(void)
                               3692                 :                : {
  224 andres@anarazel.de       3693                 :           3496 :     bool        request_state_update = false;
                               3694                 :                : 
  968 tmunro@postgresql.or     3695                 :           3496 :     pending_pm_pmsignal = false;
                               3696                 :                : 
                               3697         [ +  + ]:           3496 :     ereport(DEBUG2,
                               3698                 :                :             (errmsg_internal("postmaster received pmsignal signal")));
                               3699                 :                : 
                               3700                 :                :     /*
                               3701                 :                :      * RECOVERY_STARTED and BEGIN_HOT_STANDBY signals are ignored in
                               3702                 :                :      * unexpected states. If the startup process quickly starts up, completes
                               3703                 :                :      * recovery, exits, we might process the death of the startup process
                               3704                 :                :      * first. We don't want to go back to recovery in that case.
                               3705                 :                :      */
 6039 heikki.linnakangas@i     3706         [ +  + ]:           3496 :     if (CheckPostmasterSignal(PMSIGNAL_RECOVERY_STARTED) &&
 4672 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3707   [ +  -  +  - ]:            238 :         pmState == PM_STARTUP && Shutdown == NoShutdown)
                               3708                 :                :     {
                               3709                 :                :         /* WAL redo has started. We're out of reinitialization. */
 6039 heikki.linnakangas@i     3710                 :            238 :         FatalError = false;
 2203 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3711                 :            238 :         AbortStartTime = 0;
  157 fujii@postgresql.org     3712                 :            238 :         reachedConsistency = false;
                               3713                 :                : 
                               3714                 :                :         /*
                               3715                 :                :          * Start the archiver if we're responsible for (re-)archiving received
                               3716                 :                :          * files.
                               3717                 :                :          */
  296 heikki.linnakangas@i     3718         [ -  + ]:            238 :         Assert(PgArchPMChild == NULL);
 3739 fujii@postgresql.org     3719   [ +  +  -  +  :            238 :         if (XLogArchivingAlways())
                                              +  + ]
  296 heikki.linnakangas@i     3720                 :              3 :             PgArchPMChild = StartChildProcess(B_ARCHIVER);
                               3721                 :                : 
                               3722                 :                :         /*
                               3723                 :                :          * If we aren't planning to enter hot standby mode later, treat
                               3724                 :                :          * RECOVERY_STARTED as meaning we're out of startup, and report status
                               3725                 :                :          * accordingly.
                               3726                 :                :          */
 3581 peter_e@gmx.net          3727         [ +  + ]:            238 :         if (!EnableHotStandby)
                               3728                 :                :         {
 2992 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3729                 :              2 :             AddToDataDirLockFile(LOCK_FILE_LINE_PM_STATUS, PM_STATUS_STANDBY);
                               3730                 :                : #ifdef USE_SYSTEMD
 3581 peter_e@gmx.net          3731                 :              2 :             sd_notify(0, "READY=1");
                               3732                 :                : #endif
                               3733                 :                :         }
                               3734                 :                : 
  239 andres@anarazel.de       3735                 :            238 :         UpdatePMState(PM_RECOVERY);
                               3736                 :                :     }
                               3737                 :                : 
  157 fujii@postgresql.org     3738         [ +  + ]:           3496 :     if (CheckPostmasterSignal(PMSIGNAL_RECOVERY_CONSISTENT) &&
 4672 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3739   [ +  -  +  - ]:            152 :         pmState == PM_RECOVERY && Shutdown == NoShutdown)
                               3740                 :                :     {
  157 fujii@postgresql.org     3741                 :            152 :         reachedConsistency = true;
                               3742                 :                :     }
                               3743                 :                : 
                               3744         [ +  + ]:           3496 :     if (CheckPostmasterSignal(PMSIGNAL_BEGIN_HOT_STANDBY) &&
                               3745   [ +  -  +  - ]:            144 :         (pmState == PM_RECOVERY && Shutdown == NoShutdown))
                               3746                 :                :     {
 5740 simon@2ndQuadrant.co     3747         [ +  - ]:            144 :         ereport(LOG,
                               3748                 :                :                 (errmsg("database system is ready to accept read-only connections")));
                               3749                 :                : 
                               3750                 :                :         /* Report status */
 2992 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3751                 :            144 :         AddToDataDirLockFile(LOCK_FILE_LINE_PM_STATUS, PM_STATUS_READY);
                               3752                 :                : #ifdef USE_SYSTEMD
 3581 peter_e@gmx.net          3753                 :            144 :         sd_notify(0, "READY=1");
                               3754                 :                : #endif
                               3755                 :                : 
  239 andres@anarazel.de       3756                 :            144 :         UpdatePMState(PM_HOT_STANDBY);
 1249 sfrost@snowman.net       3757                 :            144 :         connsAllowed = true;
                               3758                 :                : 
                               3759                 :                :         /* Some workers may be scheduled to start now */
 3990 rhaas@postgresql.org     3760                 :            144 :         StartWorkerNeeded = true;
                               3761                 :                :     }
                               3762                 :                : 
                               3763                 :                :     /* Process background worker state changes. */
 1717 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3764         [ +  + ]:           3496 :     if (CheckPostmasterSignal(PMSIGNAL_BACKGROUND_WORKER_CHANGE))
                               3765                 :                :     {
                               3766                 :                :         /* Accept new worker requests only if not stopping. */
                               3767                 :           1250 :         BackgroundWorkerStateChange(pmState < PM_STOP_BACKENDS);
                               3768                 :           1250 :         StartWorkerNeeded = true;
                               3769                 :                :     }
                               3770                 :                : 
                               3771                 :                :     /* Tell syslogger to rotate logfile if requested */
  296 heikki.linnakangas@i     3772         [ +  + ]:           3496 :     if (SysLoggerPMChild != NULL)
                               3773                 :                :     {
 2562 akorotkov@postgresql     3774         [ +  + ]:              2 :         if (CheckLogrotateSignal())
                               3775                 :                :         {
  296 heikki.linnakangas@i     3776                 :              1 :             signal_child(SysLoggerPMChild, SIGUSR1);
 2562 akorotkov@postgresql     3777                 :              1 :             RemoveLogrotateSignalFiles();
                               3778                 :                :         }
                               3779         [ -  + ]:              1 :         else if (CheckPostmasterSignal(PMSIGNAL_ROTATE_LOGFILE))
                               3780                 :                :         {
  296 heikki.linnakangas@i     3781                 :UBC           0 :             signal_child(SysLoggerPMChild, SIGUSR1);
                               3782                 :                :         }
                               3783                 :                :     }
                               3784                 :                : 
 4672 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3785         [ -  + ]:CBC        3496 :     if (CheckPostmasterSignal(PMSIGNAL_START_AUTOVAC_LAUNCHER) &&
 1849 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3786   [ #  #  #  # ]:UBC           0 :         Shutdown <= SmartShutdown && pmState < PM_STOP_BACKENDS)
                               3787                 :                :     {
                               3788                 :                :         /*
                               3789                 :                :          * Start one iteration of the autovacuum daemon, even if autovacuuming
                               3790                 :                :          * is nominally not enabled.  This is so we can have an active defense
                               3791                 :                :          * against transaction ID wraparound.  We set a flag for the main loop
                               3792                 :                :          * to do it rather than trying to do it here --- this is because the
                               3793                 :                :          * autovac process itself may send the signal, and we want to handle
                               3794                 :                :          * that by launching another iteration as soon as the current one
                               3795                 :                :          * completes.
                               3796                 :                :          */
 6778 alvherre@alvh.no-ip.     3797                 :              0 :         start_autovac_launcher = true;
                               3798                 :                :     }
                               3799                 :                : 
 4672 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3800         [ +  + ]:CBC        3496 :     if (CheckPostmasterSignal(PMSIGNAL_START_AUTOVAC_WORKER) &&
 1849                          3801   [ +  -  +  - ]:             33 :         Shutdown <= SmartShutdown && pmState < PM_STOP_BACKENDS)
                               3802                 :                :     {
                               3803                 :                :         /* The autovacuum launcher wants us to start a worker process. */
 6778 alvherre@alvh.no-ip.     3804                 :             33 :         StartAutovacuumWorker();
                               3805                 :                :     }
                               3806                 :                : 
 2994 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3807         [ +  + ]:           3496 :     if (CheckPostmasterSignal(PMSIGNAL_START_WALRECEIVER))
                               3808                 :                :     {
                               3809                 :                :         /* Startup Process wants us to start the walreceiver process. */
                               3810                 :            237 :         WalReceiverRequested = true;
                               3811                 :                :     }
                               3812                 :                : 
  224 andres@anarazel.de       3813         [ +  + ]:           3496 :     if (CheckPostmasterSignal(PMSIGNAL_XLOG_IS_SHUTDOWN))
                               3814                 :                :     {
                               3815                 :                :         /* Checkpointer completed the shutdown checkpoint */
                               3816         [ +  - ]:            488 :         if (pmState == PM_WAIT_XLOG_SHUTDOWN)
                               3817                 :                :         {
                               3818                 :                :             /*
                               3819                 :                :              * If we have an archiver subprocess, tell it to do a last archive
                               3820                 :                :              * cycle and quit. Likewise, if we have walsender processes, tell
                               3821                 :                :              * them to send any remaining WAL and quit.
                               3822                 :                :              */
                               3823         [ -  + ]:            488 :             Assert(Shutdown > NoShutdown);
                               3824                 :                : 
                               3825                 :                :             /* Waken archiver for the last time */
                               3826         [ +  + ]:            488 :             if (PgArchPMChild != NULL)
                               3827                 :             13 :                 signal_child(PgArchPMChild, SIGUSR2);
                               3828                 :                : 
                               3829                 :                :             /*
                               3830                 :                :              * Waken walsenders for the last time. No regular backends should
                               3831                 :                :              * be around anymore.
                               3832                 :                :              */
                               3833                 :            488 :             SignalChildren(SIGUSR2, btmask(B_WAL_SENDER));
                               3834                 :                : 
                               3835                 :            488 :             UpdatePMState(PM_WAIT_XLOG_ARCHIVAL);
                               3836                 :                :         }
  224 andres@anarazel.de       3837   [ #  #  #  # ]:UBC           0 :         else if (!FatalError && Shutdown != ImmediateShutdown)
                               3838                 :                :         {
                               3839                 :                :             /*
                               3840                 :                :              * Checkpointer only ought to perform the shutdown checkpoint
                               3841                 :                :              * during shutdown.  If somehow checkpointer did so in another
                               3842                 :                :              * situation, we have no choice but to crash-restart.
                               3843                 :                :              *
                               3844                 :                :              * It's possible however that we get PMSIGNAL_XLOG_IS_SHUTDOWN
                               3845                 :                :              * outside of PM_WAIT_XLOG_SHUTDOWN if an orderly shutdown was
                               3846                 :                :              * "interrupted" by a crash or an immediate shutdown.
                               3847                 :                :              */
                               3848         [ #  # ]:              0 :             ereport(LOG,
                               3849                 :                :                     (errmsg("WAL was shut down unexpectedly")));
                               3850                 :                : 
                               3851                 :                :             /*
                               3852                 :                :              * Doesn't seem likely to help to take send_abort_for_crash into
                               3853                 :                :              * account here.
                               3854                 :                :              */
                               3855                 :              0 :             HandleFatalError(PMQUIT_FOR_CRASH, false);
                               3856                 :                :         }
                               3857                 :                : 
                               3858                 :                :         /*
                               3859                 :                :          * Need to run PostmasterStateMachine() to check if we already can go
                               3860                 :                :          * to the next state.
                               3861                 :                :          */
  224 andres@anarazel.de       3862                 :CBC         488 :         request_state_update = true;
                               3863                 :                :     }
                               3864                 :                : 
                               3865                 :                :     /*
                               3866                 :                :      * Try to advance postmaster's state machine, if a child requests it.
                               3867                 :                :      */
                               3868         [ +  + ]:           3496 :     if (CheckPostmasterSignal(PMSIGNAL_ADVANCE_STATE_MACHINE))
                               3869                 :                :     {
                               3870                 :           1153 :         request_state_update = true;
                               3871                 :                :     }
                               3872                 :                : 
                               3873                 :                :     /*
                               3874                 :                :      * Be careful about the order of this action relative to this function's
                               3875                 :                :      * other actions.  Generally, this should be after other actions, in case
                               3876                 :                :      * they have effects PostmasterStateMachine would need to know about.
                               3877                 :                :      * However, we should do it before the CheckPromoteSignal step, which
                               3878                 :                :      * cannot have any (immediate) effect on the state machine, but does
                               3879                 :                :      * depend on what state we're in now.
                               3880                 :                :      */
                               3881         [ +  + ]:           3496 :     if (request_state_update)
                               3882                 :                :     {
 5270 rhaas@postgresql.org     3883                 :           1641 :         PostmasterStateMachine();
                               3884                 :                :     }
                               3885                 :                : 
  296 heikki.linnakangas@i     3886         [ +  + ]:           3496 :     if (StartupPMChild != NULL &&
 5317 rhaas@postgresql.org     3887   [ +  +  +  + ]:            590 :         (pmState == PM_STARTUP || pmState == PM_RECOVERY ||
 1849 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3888   [ +  +  +  + ]:            951 :          pmState == PM_HOT_STANDBY) &&
 2327                          3889                 :            587 :         CheckPromoteSignal())
                               3890                 :                :     {
                               3891                 :                :         /*
                               3892                 :                :          * Tell startup process to finish recovery.
                               3893                 :                :          *
                               3894                 :                :          * Leave the promote signal file in place and let the Startup process
                               3895                 :                :          * do the unlink.
                               3896                 :                :          */
  296 heikki.linnakangas@i     3897                 :             40 :         signal_child(StartupPMChild, SIGUSR2);
                               3898                 :                :     }
 8943 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3899                 :           3496 : }
                               3900                 :                : 
                               3901                 :                : /*
                               3902                 :                :  * Dummy signal handler
                               3903                 :                :  *
                               3904                 :                :  * We use this for signals that we don't actually use in the postmaster,
                               3905                 :                :  * but we do use in backends.  If we were to SIG_IGN such signals in the
                               3906                 :                :  * postmaster, then a newly started backend might drop a signal that arrives
                               3907                 :                :  * before it's able to reconfigure its signal processing.  (See notes in
                               3908                 :                :  * tcop/postgres.c.)
                               3909                 :                :  */
                               3910                 :                : static void
 8707 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3911                 :UBC           0 : dummy_handler(SIGNAL_ARGS)
                               3912                 :                : {
                               3913                 :              0 : }
                               3914                 :                : 
                               3915                 :                : /*
                               3916                 :                :  * Count up number of child processes of specified types.
                               3917                 :                :  */
                               3918                 :                : static int
  296 heikki.linnakangas@i     3919                 :CBC        5981 : CountChildren(BackendTypeMask targetMask)
                               3920                 :                : {
                               3921                 :                :     dlist_iter  iter;
 9716 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3922                 :           5981 :     int         cnt = 0;
                               3923                 :                : 
  296 heikki.linnakangas@i     3924   [ +  -  +  + ]:          34729 :     dlist_foreach(iter, &ActiveChildList)
                               3925                 :                :     {
                               3926                 :          28748 :         PMChild    *bp = dlist_container(PMChild, elem, iter.cur);
                               3927                 :                : 
                               3928                 :                :         /*
                               3929                 :                :          * If we need to distinguish between B_BACKEND and B_WAL_SENDER, check
                               3930                 :                :          * if any B_BACKEND backends have recently announced that they are
                               3931                 :                :          * actually WAL senders.
                               3932                 :                :          */
                               3933         [ +  + ]:          28748 :         if (btmask_contains(targetMask, B_WAL_SENDER) != btmask_contains(targetMask, B_BACKEND) &&
                               3934         [ +  + ]:          19259 :             bp->bkend_type == B_BACKEND)
                               3935                 :                :         {
                               3936         [ -  + ]:           1024 :             if (IsPostmasterChildWalSender(bp->child_slot))
  296 heikki.linnakangas@i     3937                 :UBC           0 :                 bp->bkend_type = B_WAL_SENDER;
                               3938                 :                :         }
                               3939                 :                : 
  296 heikki.linnakangas@i     3940         [ +  + ]:CBC       28748 :         if (!btmask_contains(targetMask, bp->bkend_type))
                               3941                 :          14361 :             continue;
                               3942                 :                : 
                               3943         [ -  + ]:          14387 :         ereport(DEBUG4,
                               3944                 :                :                 (errmsg_internal("%s process %d is still running",
                               3945                 :                :                                  GetBackendTypeDesc(bp->bkend_type), (int) bp->pid)));
                               3946                 :                : 
 5713                          3947                 :          14387 :         cnt++;
                               3948                 :                :     }
 9716 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3949                 :           5981 :     return cnt;
                               3950                 :                : }
                               3951                 :                : 
                               3952                 :                : 
                               3953                 :                : /*
                               3954                 :                :  * StartChildProcess -- start an auxiliary process for the postmaster
                               3955                 :                :  *
                               3956                 :                :  * "type" determines what kind of child will be started.  All child types
                               3957                 :                :  * initially go to AuxiliaryProcessMain, which will handle common setup.
                               3958                 :                :  *
                               3959                 :                :  * Return value of StartChildProcess is subprocess' PMChild entry, or NULL on
                               3960                 :                :  * failure.
                               3961                 :                :  */
                               3962                 :                : static PMChild *
  551 heikki.linnakangas@i     3963                 :           6513 : StartChildProcess(BackendType type)
                               3964                 :                : {
                               3965                 :                :     PMChild    *pmchild;
                               3966                 :                :     pid_t       pid;
                               3967                 :                : 
  296                          3968                 :           6513 :     pmchild = AssignPostmasterChildSlot(type);
                               3969         [ -  + ]:           6513 :     if (!pmchild)
                               3970                 :                :     {
  296 heikki.linnakangas@i     3971         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         if (type == B_AUTOVAC_WORKER)
                               3972         [ #  # ]:              0 :             ereport(LOG,
                               3973                 :                :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_CONFIGURATION_LIMIT_EXCEEDED),
                               3974                 :                :                      errmsg("no slot available for new autovacuum worker process")));
                               3975                 :                :         else
                               3976                 :                :         {
                               3977                 :                :             /* shouldn't happen because we allocate enough slots */
                               3978         [ #  # ]:              0 :             elog(LOG, "no postmaster child slot available for aux process");
                               3979                 :                :         }
                               3980                 :              0 :         return NULL;
                               3981                 :                :     }
                               3982                 :                : 
  296 heikki.linnakangas@i     3983                 :CBC        6513 :     pid = postmaster_child_launch(type, pmchild->child_slot, NULL, 0, NULL);
 9467 vadim4o@yahoo.com        3984         [ -  + ]:           6513 :     if (pid < 0)
                               3985                 :                :     {
                               3986                 :                :         /* in parent, fork failed */
  296 heikki.linnakangas@i     3987                 :UBC           0 :         ReleasePostmasterChildSlot(pmchild);
  537                          3988         [ #  # ]:              0 :         ereport(LOG,
                               3989                 :                :                 (errmsg("could not fork \"%s\" process: %m", PostmasterChildName(type))));
                               3990                 :                : 
                               3991                 :                :         /*
                               3992                 :                :          * fork failure is fatal during startup, but there's no need to choke
                               3993                 :                :          * immediately if starting other child types fails.
                               3994                 :                :          */
  551                          3995         [ #  # ]:              0 :         if (type == B_STARTUP)
 7770 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3996                 :              0 :             ExitPostmaster(1);
  296 heikki.linnakangas@i     3997                 :              0 :         return NULL;
                               3998                 :                :     }
                               3999                 :                : 
                               4000                 :                :     /* in parent, successful fork */
  296 heikki.linnakangas@i     4001                 :CBC        6513 :     pmchild->pid = pid;
                               4002                 :           6513 :     return pmchild;
                               4003                 :                : }
                               4004                 :                : 
                               4005                 :                : /*
                               4006                 :                :  * StartSysLogger -- start the syslogger process
                               4007                 :                :  */
                               4008                 :                : void
                               4009                 :              1 : StartSysLogger(void)
                               4010                 :                : {
                               4011         [ -  + ]:              1 :     Assert(SysLoggerPMChild == NULL);
                               4012                 :                : 
                               4013                 :              1 :     SysLoggerPMChild = AssignPostmasterChildSlot(B_LOGGER);
                               4014         [ -  + ]:              1 :     if (!SysLoggerPMChild)
  296 heikki.linnakangas@i     4015         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         elog(PANIC, "no postmaster child slot available for syslogger");
  296 heikki.linnakangas@i     4016                 :CBC           1 :     SysLoggerPMChild->pid = SysLogger_Start(SysLoggerPMChild->child_slot);
                               4017         [ -  + ]:              1 :     if (SysLoggerPMChild->pid == 0)
                               4018                 :                :     {
  296 heikki.linnakangas@i     4019                 :UBC           0 :         ReleasePostmasterChildSlot(SysLoggerPMChild);
                               4020                 :              0 :         SysLoggerPMChild = NULL;
                               4021                 :                :     }
 9467 vadim4o@yahoo.com        4022                 :CBC           1 : }
                               4023                 :                : 
                               4024                 :                : /*
                               4025                 :                :  * StartAutovacuumWorker
                               4026                 :                :  *      Start an autovac worker process.
                               4027                 :                :  *
                               4028                 :                :  * This function is here because it enters the resulting PID into the
                               4029                 :                :  * postmaster's private backends list.
                               4030                 :                :  *
                               4031                 :                :  * NB -- this code very roughly matches BackendStartup.
                               4032                 :                :  */
                               4033                 :                : static void
 6778 alvherre@alvh.no-ip.     4034                 :             33 : StartAutovacuumWorker(void)
                               4035                 :                : {
                               4036                 :                :     PMChild    *bn;
                               4037                 :                : 
                               4038                 :                :     /*
                               4039                 :                :      * If not in condition to run a process, don't try, but handle it like a
                               4040                 :                :      * fork failure.  This does not normally happen, since the signal is only
                               4041                 :                :      * supposed to be sent by autovacuum launcher when it's OK to do it, but
                               4042                 :                :      * we have to check to avoid race-condition problems during DB state
                               4043                 :                :      * changes.
                               4044                 :                :      */
  296 heikki.linnakangas@i     4045         [ +  - ]:             33 :     if (canAcceptConnections(B_AUTOVAC_WORKER) == CAC_OK)
                               4046                 :                :     {
                               4047                 :             33 :         bn = StartChildProcess(B_AUTOVAC_WORKER);
 6603 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4048         [ +  - ]:             33 :         if (bn)
                               4049                 :                :         {
 3245 heikki.linnakangas@i     4050                 :             33 :             bn->bgworker_notify = false;
  392                          4051                 :             33 :             bn->rw = NULL;
  296                          4052                 :             33 :             return;
                               4053                 :                :         }
                               4054                 :                :         else
                               4055                 :                :         {
                               4056                 :                :             /*
                               4057                 :                :              * fork failed, fall through to report -- actual error message was
                               4058                 :                :              * logged by StartChildProcess
                               4059                 :                :              */
                               4060                 :                :         }
                               4061                 :                :     }
                               4062                 :                : 
                               4063                 :                :     /*
                               4064                 :                :      * Report the failure to the launcher, if it's running.  (If it's not, we
                               4065                 :                :      * might not even be connected to shared memory, so don't try to call
                               4066                 :                :      * AutoVacWorkerFailed.)  Note that we also need to signal it so that it
                               4067                 :                :      * responds to the condition, but we don't do that here, instead waiting
                               4068                 :                :      * for ServerLoop to do it.  This way we avoid a ping-pong signaling in
                               4069                 :                :      * quick succession between the autovac launcher and postmaster in case
                               4070                 :                :      * things get ugly.
                               4071                 :                :      */
  296 heikki.linnakangas@i     4072         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :     if (AutoVacLauncherPMChild != NULL)
                               4073                 :                :     {
 6603 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4074                 :              0 :         AutoVacWorkerFailed();
 5857 alvherre@alvh.no-ip.     4075                 :              0 :         avlauncher_needs_signal = true;
                               4076                 :                :     }
                               4077                 :                : }
                               4078                 :                : 
                               4079                 :                : 
                               4080                 :                : /*
                               4081                 :                :  * Create the opts file
                               4082                 :                :  */
                               4083                 :                : static bool
 7786 bruce@momjian.us         4084                 :CBC         806 : CreateOptsFile(int argc, char *argv[], char *fullprogname)
                               4085                 :                : {
                               4086                 :                :     FILE       *fp;
                               4087                 :                :     int         i;
                               4088                 :                : 
                               4089                 :                : #define OPTS_FILE   "postmaster.opts"
                               4090                 :                : 
 7369 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4091         [ -  + ]:            806 :     if ((fp = fopen(OPTS_FILE, "w")) == NULL)
                               4092                 :                :     {
 1737 peter@eisentraut.org     4093         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         ereport(LOG,
                               4094                 :                :                 (errcode_for_file_access(),
                               4095                 :                :                  errmsg("could not create file \"%s\": %m", OPTS_FILE)));
 9190 peter_e@gmx.net          4096                 :              0 :         return false;
                               4097                 :                :     }
                               4098                 :                : 
 9190 peter_e@gmx.net          4099                 :CBC         806 :     fprintf(fp, "%s", fullprogname);
                               4100         [ +  + ]:           4270 :     for (i = 1; i < argc; i++)
 6281 bruce@momjian.us         4101                 :           3464 :         fprintf(fp, " \"%s\"", argv[i]);
 9190 peter_e@gmx.net          4102                 :            806 :     fputs("\n", fp);
                               4103                 :                : 
 7894 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4104         [ -  + ]:            806 :     if (fclose(fp))
                               4105                 :                :     {
 1737 peter@eisentraut.org     4106         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         ereport(LOG,
                               4107                 :                :                 (errcode_for_file_access(),
                               4108                 :                :                  errmsg("could not write file \"%s\": %m", OPTS_FILE)));
 9190 peter_e@gmx.net          4109                 :              0 :         return false;
                               4110                 :                :     }
                               4111                 :                : 
 9190 peter_e@gmx.net          4112                 :CBC         806 :     return true;
                               4113                 :                : }
                               4114                 :                : 
                               4115                 :                : 
                               4116                 :                : /*
                               4117                 :                :  * Start a new bgworker.
                               4118                 :                :  * Starting time conditions must have been checked already.
                               4119                 :                :  *
                               4120                 :                :  * Returns true on success, false on failure.
                               4121                 :                :  * In either case, update the RegisteredBgWorker's state appropriately.
                               4122                 :                :  *
                               4123                 :                :  * NB -- this code very roughly matches BackendStartup.
                               4124                 :                :  */
                               4125                 :                : static bool
  296 heikki.linnakangas@i     4126                 :           2598 : StartBackgroundWorker(RegisteredBgWorker *rw)
                               4127                 :                : {
                               4128                 :                :     PMChild    *bn;
                               4129                 :                :     pid_t       worker_pid;
                               4130                 :                : 
 3057 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4131         [ -  + ]:           2598 :     Assert(rw->rw_pid == 0);
                               4132                 :                : 
                               4133                 :                :     /*
                               4134                 :                :      * Allocate and assign the child slot.  Note we must do this before
                               4135                 :                :      * forking, so that we can handle failures (out of memory or child-process
                               4136                 :                :      * slots) cleanly.
                               4137                 :                :      *
                               4138                 :                :      * Treat failure as though the worker had crashed.  That way, the
                               4139                 :                :      * postmaster will wait a bit before attempting to start it again; if we
                               4140                 :                :      * tried again right away, most likely we'd find ourselves hitting the
                               4141                 :                :      * same resource-exhaustion condition.
                               4142                 :                :      */
  296 heikki.linnakangas@i     4143                 :           2598 :     bn = AssignPostmasterChildSlot(B_BG_WORKER);
  401                          4144         [ -  + ]:           2598 :     if (bn == NULL)
                               4145                 :                :     {
  296 heikki.linnakangas@i     4146         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         ereport(LOG,
                               4147                 :                :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_CONFIGURATION_LIMIT_EXCEEDED),
                               4148                 :                :                  errmsg("no slot available for new background worker process")));
 3057 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4149                 :              0 :         rw->rw_crashed_at = GetCurrentTimestamp();
                               4150                 :              0 :         return false;
                               4151                 :                :     }
  392 heikki.linnakangas@i     4152                 :CBC        2598 :     bn->rw = rw;
  296                          4153                 :           2598 :     bn->bkend_type = B_BG_WORKER;
                               4154                 :           2598 :     bn->bgworker_notify = false;
                               4155                 :                : 
 3725 rhaas@postgresql.org     4156         [ +  + ]:           2598 :     ereport(DEBUG1,
                               4157                 :                :             (errmsg_internal("starting background worker process \"%s\"",
                               4158                 :                :                              rw->rw_worker.bgw_name)));
                               4159                 :                : 
  296 heikki.linnakangas@i     4160                 :           2598 :     worker_pid = postmaster_child_launch(B_BG_WORKER, bn->child_slot,
  197 peter@eisentraut.org     4161                 :           2598 :                                          &rw->rw_worker, sizeof(BackgroundWorker), NULL);
  537 heikki.linnakangas@i     4162         [ -  + ]:           2598 :     if (worker_pid == -1)
                               4163                 :                :     {
                               4164                 :                :         /* in postmaster, fork failed ... */
  537 heikki.linnakangas@i     4165         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         ereport(LOG,
                               4166                 :                :                 (errmsg("could not fork background worker process: %m")));
                               4167                 :                :         /* undo what AssignPostmasterChildSlot did */
  296                          4168                 :              0 :         ReleasePostmasterChildSlot(bn);
                               4169                 :                : 
                               4170                 :                :         /* mark entry as crashed, so we'll try again later */
  537                          4171                 :              0 :         rw->rw_crashed_at = GetCurrentTimestamp();
                               4172                 :              0 :         return false;
                               4173                 :                :     }
                               4174                 :                : 
                               4175                 :                :     /* in postmaster, fork successful ... */
  537 heikki.linnakangas@i     4176                 :CBC        2598 :     rw->rw_pid = worker_pid;
  392                          4177                 :           2598 :     bn->pid = rw->rw_pid;
  537                          4178                 :           2598 :     ReportBackgroundWorkerPID(rw);
                               4179                 :           2598 :     return true;
                               4180                 :                : }
                               4181                 :                : 
                               4182                 :                : /*
                               4183                 :                :  * Does the current postmaster state require starting a worker with the
                               4184                 :                :  * specified start_time?
                               4185                 :                :  */
                               4186                 :                : static bool
 4657 alvherre@alvh.no-ip.     4187                 :           3495 : bgworker_should_start_now(BgWorkerStartTime start_time)
                               4188                 :                : {
                               4189   [ -  +  +  +  :           3495 :     switch (pmState)
                                                 - ]
                               4190                 :                :     {
 4657 alvherre@alvh.no-ip.     4191                 :UBC           0 :         case PM_NO_CHILDREN:
                               4192                 :                :         case PM_WAIT_CHECKPOINTER:
                               4193                 :                :         case PM_WAIT_DEAD_END:
                               4194                 :                :         case PM_WAIT_XLOG_ARCHIVAL:
                               4195                 :                :         case PM_WAIT_XLOG_SHUTDOWN:
                               4196                 :                :         case PM_WAIT_IO_WORKERS:
                               4197                 :                :         case PM_WAIT_BACKENDS:
                               4198                 :                :         case PM_STOP_BACKENDS:
                               4199                 :              0 :             break;
                               4200                 :                : 
 4657 alvherre@alvh.no-ip.     4201                 :CBC        2598 :         case PM_RUN:
                               4202         [ +  + ]:           2598 :             if (start_time == BgWorkerStart_RecoveryFinished)
                               4203                 :           1210 :                 return true;
                               4204                 :                :             /* fall through */
                               4205                 :                : 
                               4206                 :                :         case PM_HOT_STANDBY:
                               4207         [ +  + ]:           1528 :             if (start_time == BgWorkerStart_ConsistentState)
                               4208                 :           1388 :                 return true;
                               4209                 :                :             /* fall through */
                               4210                 :                : 
                               4211                 :                :         case PM_RECOVERY:
                               4212                 :                :         case PM_STARTUP:
                               4213                 :                :         case PM_INIT:
                               4214         [ -  + ]:            897 :             if (start_time == BgWorkerStart_PostmasterStart)
 4657 alvherre@alvh.no-ip.     4215                 :UBC           0 :                 return true;
                               4216                 :                :             /* fall through */
                               4217                 :                :     }
                               4218                 :                : 
 4657 alvherre@alvh.no-ip.     4219                 :CBC         897 :     return false;
                               4220                 :                : }
                               4221                 :                : 
                               4222                 :                : /*
                               4223                 :                :  * If the time is right, start background worker(s).
                               4224                 :                :  *
                               4225                 :                :  * As a side effect, the bgworker control variables are set or reset
                               4226                 :                :  * depending on whether more workers may need to be started.
                               4227                 :                :  *
                               4228                 :                :  * We limit the number of workers started per call, to avoid consuming the
                               4229                 :                :  * postmaster's attention for too long when many such requests are pending.
                               4230                 :                :  * As long as StartWorkerNeeded is true, ServerLoop will not block and will
                               4231                 :                :  * call this function again after dealing with any other issues.
                               4232                 :                :  */
                               4233                 :                : static void
 3055 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4234                 :           7160 : maybe_start_bgworkers(void)
                               4235                 :                : {
                               4236                 :                : #define MAX_BGWORKERS_TO_LAUNCH 100
                               4237                 :           7160 :     int         num_launched = 0;
 4657 alvherre@alvh.no-ip.     4238                 :           7160 :     TimestampTz now = 0;
                               4239                 :                :     dlist_mutable_iter iter;
                               4240                 :                : 
                               4241                 :                :     /*
                               4242                 :                :      * During crash recovery, we have no need to be called until the state
                               4243                 :                :      * transition out of recovery.
                               4244                 :                :      */
                               4245         [ -  + ]:           7160 :     if (FatalError)
                               4246                 :                :     {
 4657 alvherre@alvh.no-ip.     4247                 :UBC           0 :         StartWorkerNeeded = false;
                               4248                 :              0 :         HaveCrashedWorker = false;
 3057 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4249                 :              0 :         return;
                               4250                 :                :     }
                               4251                 :                : 
                               4252                 :                :     /* Don't need to be called again unless we find a reason for it below */
 3057 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4253                 :CBC        7160 :     StartWorkerNeeded = false;
 4657 alvherre@alvh.no-ip.     4254                 :           7160 :     HaveCrashedWorker = false;
                               4255                 :                : 
  393 heikki.linnakangas@i     4256   [ +  -  +  + ]:          19349 :     dlist_foreach_modify(iter, &BackgroundWorkerList)
                               4257                 :                :     {
                               4258                 :                :         RegisteredBgWorker *rw;
                               4259                 :                : 
                               4260                 :          12189 :         rw = dlist_container(RegisteredBgWorker, rw_lnode, iter.cur);
                               4261                 :                : 
                               4262                 :                :         /* ignore if already running */
 4657 alvherre@alvh.no-ip.     4263         [ +  + ]:          12189 :         if (rw->rw_pid != 0)
                               4264                 :           6190 :             continue;
                               4265                 :                : 
                               4266                 :                :         /* if marked for death, clean up and remove from list */
 4341 rhaas@postgresql.org     4267         [ -  + ]:           5999 :         if (rw->rw_terminate)
                               4268                 :                :         {
  393 heikki.linnakangas@i     4269                 :UBC           0 :             ForgetBackgroundWorker(rw);
 4341 rhaas@postgresql.org     4270                 :              0 :             continue;
                               4271                 :                :         }
                               4272                 :                : 
                               4273                 :                :         /*
                               4274                 :                :          * If this worker has crashed previously, maybe it needs to be
                               4275                 :                :          * restarted (unless on registration it specified it doesn't want to
                               4276                 :                :          * be restarted at all).  Check how long ago did a crash last happen.
                               4277                 :                :          * If the last crash is too recent, don't start it right away; let it
                               4278                 :                :          * be restarted once enough time has passed.
                               4279                 :                :          */
 4657 alvherre@alvh.no-ip.     4280         [ +  + ]:CBC        5999 :         if (rw->rw_crashed_at != 0)
                               4281                 :                :         {
                               4282         [ -  + ]:           2504 :             if (rw->rw_worker.bgw_restart_time == BGW_NEVER_RESTART)
 4435 rhaas@postgresql.org     4283                 :UBC           0 :             {
                               4284                 :                :                 int         notify_pid;
                               4285                 :                : 
 2831                          4286                 :              0 :                 notify_pid = rw->rw_worker.bgw_notify_pid;
                               4287                 :                : 
  393 heikki.linnakangas@i     4288                 :              0 :                 ForgetBackgroundWorker(rw);
                               4289                 :                : 
                               4290                 :                :                 /* Report worker is gone now. */
 2831 rhaas@postgresql.org     4291         [ #  # ]:              0 :                 if (notify_pid != 0)
                               4292                 :              0 :                     kill(notify_pid, SIGUSR1);
                               4293                 :                : 
 4657 alvherre@alvh.no-ip.     4294                 :              0 :                 continue;
                               4295                 :                :             }
                               4296                 :                : 
                               4297                 :                :             /* read system time only when needed */
 4657 alvherre@alvh.no-ip.     4298         [ +  - ]:CBC        2504 :             if (now == 0)
                               4299                 :           2504 :                 now = GetCurrentTimestamp();
                               4300                 :                : 
                               4301         [ +  - ]:           2504 :             if (!TimestampDifferenceExceeds(rw->rw_crashed_at, now,
 2999 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4302                 :           2504 :                                             rw->rw_worker.bgw_restart_time * 1000))
                               4303                 :                :             {
                               4304                 :                :                 /* Set flag to remember that we have workers to start later */
 4657 alvherre@alvh.no-ip.     4305                 :           2504 :                 HaveCrashedWorker = true;
                               4306                 :           2504 :                 continue;
                               4307                 :                :             }
                               4308                 :                :         }
                               4309                 :                : 
                               4310         [ +  + ]:           3495 :         if (bgworker_should_start_now(rw->rw_worker.bgw_start_time))
                               4311                 :                :         {
                               4312                 :                :             /* reset crash time before trying to start worker */
                               4313                 :           2598 :             rw->rw_crashed_at = 0;
                               4314                 :                : 
                               4315                 :                :             /*
                               4316                 :                :              * Try to start the worker.
                               4317                 :                :              *
                               4318                 :                :              * On failure, give up processing workers for now, but set
                               4319                 :                :              * StartWorkerNeeded so we'll come back here on the next iteration
                               4320                 :                :              * of ServerLoop to try again.  (We don't want to wait, because
                               4321                 :                :              * there might be additional ready-to-run workers.)  We could set
                               4322                 :                :              * HaveCrashedWorker as well, since this worker is now marked
                               4323                 :                :              * crashed, but there's no need because the next run of this
                               4324                 :                :              * function will do that.
                               4325                 :                :              */
  296 heikki.linnakangas@i     4326         [ -  + ]:           2598 :             if (!StartBackgroundWorker(rw))
                               4327                 :                :             {
 3057 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4328                 :UBC           0 :                 StartWorkerNeeded = true;
 3658 rhaas@postgresql.org     4329                 :              0 :                 return;
                               4330                 :                :             }
                               4331                 :                : 
                               4332                 :                :             /*
                               4333                 :                :              * If we've launched as many workers as allowed, quit, but have
                               4334                 :                :              * ServerLoop call us again to look for additional ready-to-run
                               4335                 :                :              * workers.  There might not be any, but we'll find out the next
                               4336                 :                :              * time we run.
                               4337                 :                :              */
 3055 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4338         [ -  + ]:CBC        2598 :             if (++num_launched >= MAX_BGWORKERS_TO_LAUNCH)
                               4339                 :                :             {
 3055 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4340                 :UBC           0 :                 StartWorkerNeeded = true;
                               4341                 :              0 :                 return;
                               4342                 :                :             }
                               4343                 :                :         }
                               4344                 :                :     }
                               4345                 :                : }
                               4346                 :                : 
                               4347                 :                : static bool
  172 andres@anarazel.de       4348                 :CBC       17701 : maybe_reap_io_worker(int pid)
                               4349                 :                : {
   56 tmunro@postgresql.or     4350         [ +  + ]:         508503 :     for (int i = 0; i < MAX_IO_WORKERS; ++i)
                               4351                 :                :     {
                               4352         [ +  + ]:         493258 :         if (io_worker_children[i] &&
                               4353         [ +  + ]:          48690 :             io_worker_children[i]->pid == pid)
                               4354                 :                :         {
                               4355                 :           2456 :             ReleasePostmasterChildSlot(io_worker_children[i]);
                               4356                 :                : 
  172 andres@anarazel.de       4357                 :           2456 :             --io_worker_count;
   56 tmunro@postgresql.or     4358                 :           2456 :             io_worker_children[i] = NULL;
  172 andres@anarazel.de       4359                 :           2456 :             return true;
                               4360                 :                :         }
                               4361                 :                :     }
                               4362                 :          15245 :     return false;
                               4363                 :                : }
                               4364                 :                : 
                               4365                 :                : /*
                               4366                 :                :  * Start or stop IO workers, to close the gap between the number of running
                               4367                 :                :  * workers and the number of configured workers.  Used to respond to change of
                               4368                 :                :  * the io_workers GUC (by increasing and decreasing the number of workers), as
                               4369                 :                :  * well as workers terminating in response to errors (by starting
                               4370                 :                :  * "replacement" workers).
                               4371                 :                :  */
                               4372                 :                : static void
                               4373                 :          39331 : maybe_adjust_io_workers(void)
                               4374                 :                : {
                               4375         [ +  + ]:          39331 :     if (!pgaio_workers_enabled())
                               4376                 :            108 :         return;
                               4377                 :                : 
                               4378                 :                :     /*
                               4379                 :                :      * If we're in final shutting down state, then we're just waiting for all
                               4380                 :                :      * processes to exit.
                               4381                 :                :      */
                               4382         [ +  + ]:          39223 :     if (pmState >= PM_WAIT_IO_WORKERS)
                               4383                 :           3475 :         return;
                               4384                 :                : 
                               4385                 :                :     /* Don't start new workers during an immediate shutdown either. */
                               4386         [ +  + ]:          35748 :     if (Shutdown >= ImmediateShutdown)
                               4387                 :           2342 :         return;
                               4388                 :                : 
                               4389                 :                :     /*
                               4390                 :                :      * Don't start new workers if we're in the shutdown phase of a crash
                               4391                 :                :      * restart. But we *do* need to start if we're already starting up again.
                               4392                 :                :      */
                               4393   [ +  +  +  + ]:          33406 :     if (FatalError && pmState >= PM_STOP_BACKENDS)
                               4394                 :             49 :         return;
                               4395                 :                : 
                               4396         [ -  + ]:          33357 :     Assert(pmState < PM_WAIT_IO_WORKERS);
                               4397                 :                : 
                               4398                 :                :     /* Not enough running? */
                               4399         [ +  + ]:          35813 :     while (io_worker_count < io_workers)
                               4400                 :                :     {
                               4401                 :                :         PMChild    *child;
                               4402                 :                :         int         i;
                               4403                 :                : 
                               4404                 :                :         /* find unused entry in io_worker_children array */
   56 tmunro@postgresql.or     4405         [ +  - ]:           5418 :         for (i = 0; i < MAX_IO_WORKERS; ++i)
                               4406                 :                :         {
                               4407         [ +  + ]:           5418 :             if (io_worker_children[i] == NULL)
  172 andres@anarazel.de       4408                 :           2456 :                 break;
                               4409                 :                :         }
   56 tmunro@postgresql.or     4410         [ -  + ]:           2456 :         if (i == MAX_IO_WORKERS)
   56 tmunro@postgresql.or     4411         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :             elog(ERROR, "could not find a free IO worker slot");
                               4412                 :                : 
                               4413                 :                :         /* Try to launch one. */
  172 andres@anarazel.de       4414                 :CBC        2456 :         child = StartChildProcess(B_IO_WORKER);
                               4415         [ +  - ]:           2456 :         if (child != NULL)
                               4416                 :                :         {
   56 tmunro@postgresql.or     4417                 :           2456 :             io_worker_children[i] = child;
  172 andres@anarazel.de       4418                 :           2456 :             ++io_worker_count;
                               4419                 :                :         }
                               4420                 :                :         else
  161 andres@anarazel.de       4421                 :UBC           0 :             break;              /* try again next time */
                               4422                 :                :     }
                               4423                 :                : 
                               4424                 :                :     /* Too many running? */
  172 andres@anarazel.de       4425         [ +  + ]:CBC       33357 :     if (io_worker_count > io_workers)
                               4426                 :                :     {
                               4427                 :                :         /* ask the IO worker in the highest slot to exit */
   56 tmunro@postgresql.or     4428         [ +  - ]:            810 :         for (int i = MAX_IO_WORKERS - 1; i >= 0; --i)
                               4429                 :                :         {
                               4430         [ +  + ]:            810 :             if (io_worker_children[i] != NULL)
                               4431                 :                :             {
                               4432                 :             67 :                 kill(io_worker_children[i]->pid, SIGUSR2);
  172 andres@anarazel.de       4433                 :             67 :                 break;
                               4434                 :                :             }
                               4435                 :                :         }
                               4436                 :                :     }
                               4437                 :                : }
                               4438                 :                : 
                               4439                 :                : 
                               4440                 :                : /*
                               4441                 :                :  * When a backend asks to be notified about worker state changes, we
                               4442                 :                :  * set a flag in its backend entry.  The background worker machinery needs
                               4443                 :                :  * to know when such backends exit.
                               4444                 :                :  */
                               4445                 :                : bool
 4392 rhaas@postgresql.org     4446                 :           1935 : PostmasterMarkPIDForWorkerNotify(int pid)
                               4447                 :                : {
                               4448                 :                :     dlist_iter  iter;
                               4449                 :                :     PMChild    *bp;
                               4450                 :                : 
  296 heikki.linnakangas@i     4451   [ +  -  +  - ]:           4668 :     dlist_foreach(iter, &ActiveChildList)
                               4452                 :                :     {
                               4453                 :           4668 :         bp = dlist_container(PMChild, elem, iter.cur);
 4392 rhaas@postgresql.org     4454         [ +  + ]:           4668 :         if (bp->pid == pid)
                               4455                 :                :         {
                               4456                 :           1935 :             bp->bgworker_notify = true;
                               4457                 :           1935 :             return true;
                               4458                 :                :         }
                               4459                 :                :     }
 4392 rhaas@postgresql.org     4460                 :UBC           0 :     return false;
                               4461                 :                : }
                               4462                 :                : 
                               4463                 :                : #ifdef WIN32
                               4464                 :                : 
                               4465                 :                : /*
                               4466                 :                :  * Subset implementation of waitpid() for Windows.  We assume pid is -1
                               4467                 :                :  * (that is, check all child processes) and options is WNOHANG (don't wait).
                               4468                 :                :  */
                               4469                 :                : static pid_t
                               4470                 :                : waitpid(pid_t pid, int *exitstatus, int options)
                               4471                 :                : {
                               4472                 :                :     win32_deadchild_waitinfo *childinfo;
                               4473                 :                :     DWORD       exitcode;
                               4474                 :                :     DWORD       dwd;
                               4475                 :                :     ULONG_PTR   key;
                               4476                 :                :     OVERLAPPED *ovl;
                               4477                 :                : 
                               4478                 :                :     /* Try to consume one win32_deadchild_waitinfo from the queue. */
                               4479                 :                :     if (!GetQueuedCompletionStatus(win32ChildQueue, &dwd, &key, &ovl, 0))
                               4480                 :                :     {
                               4481                 :                :         errno = EAGAIN;
                               4482                 :                :         return -1;
                               4483                 :                :     }
                               4484                 :                : 
                               4485                 :                :     childinfo = (win32_deadchild_waitinfo *) key;
                               4486                 :                :     pid = childinfo->procId;
                               4487                 :                : 
                               4488                 :                :     /*
                               4489                 :                :      * Remove handle from wait - required even though it's set to wait only
                               4490                 :                :      * once
                               4491                 :                :      */
                               4492                 :                :     UnregisterWaitEx(childinfo->waitHandle, NULL);
                               4493                 :                : 
                               4494                 :                :     if (!GetExitCodeProcess(childinfo->procHandle, &exitcode))
                               4495                 :                :     {
                               4496                 :                :         /*
                               4497                 :                :          * Should never happen. Inform user and set a fixed exitcode.
                               4498                 :                :          */
                               4499                 :                :         write_stderr("could not read exit code for process\n");
                               4500                 :                :         exitcode = 255;
                               4501                 :                :     }
                               4502                 :                :     *exitstatus = exitcode;
                               4503                 :                : 
                               4504                 :                :     /*
                               4505                 :                :      * Close the process handle.  Only after this point can the PID can be
                               4506                 :                :      * recycled by the kernel.
                               4507                 :                :      */
                               4508                 :                :     CloseHandle(childinfo->procHandle);
                               4509                 :                : 
                               4510                 :                :     /*
                               4511                 :                :      * Free struct that was allocated before the call to
                               4512                 :                :      * RegisterWaitForSingleObject()
                               4513                 :                :      */
                               4514                 :                :     pfree(childinfo);
                               4515                 :                : 
                               4516                 :                :     return pid;
                               4517                 :                : }
                               4518                 :                : 
                               4519                 :                : /*
                               4520                 :                :  * Note! Code below executes on a thread pool! All operations must
                               4521                 :                :  * be thread safe! Note that elog() and friends must *not* be used.
                               4522                 :                :  */
                               4523                 :                : static void WINAPI
                               4524                 :                : pgwin32_deadchild_callback(PVOID lpParameter, BOOLEAN TimerOrWaitFired)
                               4525                 :                : {
                               4526                 :                :     /* Should never happen, since we use INFINITE as timeout value. */
                               4527                 :                :     if (TimerOrWaitFired)
                               4528                 :                :         return;
                               4529                 :                : 
                               4530                 :                :     /*
                               4531                 :                :      * Post the win32_deadchild_waitinfo object for waitpid() to deal with. If
                               4532                 :                :      * that fails, we leak the object, but we also leak a whole process and
                               4533                 :                :      * get into an unrecoverable state, so there's not much point in worrying
                               4534                 :                :      * about that.  We'd like to panic, but we can't use that infrastructure
                               4535                 :                :      * from this thread.
                               4536                 :                :      */
                               4537                 :                :     if (!PostQueuedCompletionStatus(win32ChildQueue,
                               4538                 :                :                                     0,
                               4539                 :                :                                     (ULONG_PTR) lpParameter,
                               4540                 :                :                                     NULL))
                               4541                 :                :         write_stderr("could not post child completion status\n");
                               4542                 :                : 
                               4543                 :                :     /* Queue SIGCHLD signal. */
                               4544                 :                :     pg_queue_signal(SIGCHLD);
                               4545                 :                : }
                               4546                 :                : 
                               4547                 :                : /*
                               4548                 :                :  * Queue a waiter to signal when this child dies.  The wait will be handled
                               4549                 :                :  * automatically by an operating system thread pool.  The memory and the
                               4550                 :                :  * process handle will be freed by a later call to waitpid().
                               4551                 :                :  */
                               4552                 :                : void
                               4553                 :                : pgwin32_register_deadchild_callback(HANDLE procHandle, DWORD procId)
                               4554                 :                : {
                               4555                 :                :     win32_deadchild_waitinfo *childinfo;
                               4556                 :                : 
                               4557                 :                :     childinfo = palloc(sizeof(win32_deadchild_waitinfo));
                               4558                 :                :     childinfo->procHandle = procHandle;
                               4559                 :                :     childinfo->procId = procId;
                               4560                 :                : 
                               4561                 :                :     if (!RegisterWaitForSingleObject(&childinfo->waitHandle,
                               4562                 :                :                                      procHandle,
                               4563                 :                :                                      pgwin32_deadchild_callback,
                               4564                 :                :                                      childinfo,
                               4565                 :                :                                      INFINITE,
                               4566                 :                :                                      WT_EXECUTEONLYONCE | WT_EXECUTEINWAITTHREAD))
                               4567                 :                :         ereport(FATAL,
                               4568                 :                :                 (errmsg_internal("could not register process for wait: error code %lu",
                               4569                 :                :                                  GetLastError())));
                               4570                 :                : }
                               4571                 :                : 
                               4572                 :                : #endif                          /* WIN32 */
                               4573                 :                : 
                               4574                 :                : /*
                               4575                 :                :  * Initialize one and only handle for monitoring postmaster death.
                               4576                 :                :  *
                               4577                 :                :  * Called once in the postmaster, so that child processes can subsequently
                               4578                 :                :  * monitor if their parent is dead.
                               4579                 :                :  */
                               4580                 :                : static void
 5174 heikki.linnakangas@i     4581                 :CBC         806 : InitPostmasterDeathWatchHandle(void)
                               4582                 :                : {
                               4583                 :                : #ifndef WIN32
                               4584                 :                : 
                               4585                 :                :     /*
                               4586                 :                :      * Create a pipe. Postmaster holds the write end of the pipe open
                               4587                 :                :      * (POSTMASTER_FD_OWN), and children hold the read end. Children can pass
                               4588                 :                :      * the read file descriptor to select() to wake up in case postmaster
                               4589                 :                :      * dies, or check for postmaster death with a (read() == 0). Children must
                               4590                 :                :      * close the write end as soon as possible after forking, because EOF
                               4591                 :                :      * won't be signaled in the read end until all processes have closed the
                               4592                 :                :      * write fd. That is taken care of in ClosePostmasterPorts().
                               4593                 :                :      */
                               4594         [ -  + ]:            806 :     Assert(MyProcPid == PostmasterPid);
 3060 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4595         [ -  + ]:            806 :     if (pipe(postmaster_alive_fds) < 0)
 5174 heikki.linnakangas@i     4596         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         ereport(FATAL,
                               4597                 :                :                 (errcode_for_file_access(),
                               4598                 :                :                  errmsg_internal("could not create pipe to monitor postmaster death: %m")));
                               4599                 :                : 
                               4600                 :                :     /* Notify fd.c that we've eaten two FDs for the pipe. */
 2021 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4601                 :CBC         806 :     ReserveExternalFD();
                               4602                 :            806 :     ReserveExternalFD();
                               4603                 :                : 
                               4604                 :                :     /*
                               4605                 :                :      * Set O_NONBLOCK to allow testing for the fd's presence with a read()
                               4606                 :                :      * call.
                               4607                 :                :      */
 3060                          4608         [ -  + ]:            806 :     if (fcntl(postmaster_alive_fds[POSTMASTER_FD_WATCH], F_SETFL, O_NONBLOCK) == -1)
 5174 heikki.linnakangas@i     4609         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         ereport(FATAL,
                               4610                 :                :                 (errcode_for_socket_access(),
                               4611                 :                :                  errmsg_internal("could not set postmaster death monitoring pipe to nonblocking mode: %m")));
                               4612                 :                : #else
                               4613                 :                : 
                               4614                 :                :     /*
                               4615                 :                :      * On Windows, we use a process handle for the same purpose.
                               4616                 :                :      */
                               4617                 :                :     if (DuplicateHandle(GetCurrentProcess(),
                               4618                 :                :                         GetCurrentProcess(),
                               4619                 :                :                         GetCurrentProcess(),
                               4620                 :                :                         &PostmasterHandle,
                               4621                 :                :                         0,
                               4622                 :                :                         TRUE,
                               4623                 :                :                         DUPLICATE_SAME_ACCESS) == 0)
                               4624                 :                :         ereport(FATAL,
                               4625                 :                :                 (errmsg_internal("could not duplicate postmaster handle: error code %lu",
                               4626                 :                :                                  GetLastError())));
                               4627                 :                : #endif                          /* WIN32 */
 5174 heikki.linnakangas@i     4628                 :CBC         806 : }
        

Generated by: LCOV version 2.4-beta